]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
bootctl: downgrade graceful messages to LOG_NOTICE
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 253 in spe:
4
5 Deprecations and incompatible changes
6
7 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc mounted (e.g. when
8 invoked after chroot into an image without the API mount points like
9 /proc being set up.) Operation in such an environment is not fully
10 supported.
11
12 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
13 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
14
15 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs well-formed JSON, instead of a stream
16 of newline-separated JSON objects.
17
18 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb properties
19 for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first matching pattern
20 was used. This could change what properties are assigned if the user
21 has more and less specific patterns that could match the same device,
22 but it is expected that the change will have no effect for most users.
23
24 New components:
25
26 * A tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images (UKIs) has
27 been added. This replaces functionality provided by 'dracut --uefi'
28 and extends it with automatic calculation of offsets, insertion of
29 signed PCR policies generated by systemd-measure, support for initrd
30 concatenation, signing of the embedded Linux image and the combined
31 image with sbsign, and heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and
32 verify the splash image.
33
34 Changes in systemd:
35
36 * Initrd environments which are not on a temporary file system (for
37 example an overlayfs combination) are now supported. Systemd will only
38 skip removal of the files in the initrd if it doesn't detect a
39 temporary file system.
40
41 * New MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
42 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap used).
43
44 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
45 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the oom killer
46 terminating some processes in the scope.
47
48 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
49 /sysroot (in the initrd).
50
51 Changes in udev:
52
53 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
54 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
55 a PCI bus. This extends the converage of predictable interface names
56 in some embedded systems.
57
58 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
59 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
60
61 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
62
63 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
64 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
65 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
66 started.
67
68 * systemd-boot will pass a random seed when secure boot is enabled if
69 it can additionally get a random seed from EFI itself, via EFI's RNG
70 protocol or a prior seed in LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a
71 preceding bootloader.
72
73 * The random seed stored in the ESP is now refreshed whenever
74 systemd-random-seed.service is run.
75
76 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
77 field-separated hashing scheme.
78
79 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
80 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
81 used.
82
83 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
84 systemd-boot, in case a unified kernel image is being used from a
85 different bootloader than systemd-boot.
86
87 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
88 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
89 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
90
91 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded not from the ESP, for example
92 for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded into the firmware.
93
94 Changes in kernel-install:
95
96 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With this
97 setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be created.
98 Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install will copy any
99 .efi files from the staging area into the boot partition. A plugin to
100 generate the UKI .efi file must be provided separately.
101
102 Changes in systemctl:
103
104 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
105 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
106 --reboot-argument option instead.
107
108 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without install
109 information. A new --no-warn option has been added that silences this
110 warning.
111
112 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN.
113
114 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
115
116 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
117 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
118 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
119
120 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports alternative interface names.
121
122 Changes in systemd-dissect:
123
124 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths fo the
125 files and directories in the image.
126
127 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate output
128 compatible with BSD mtree(5).
129
130 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command in
131 the image temporarily mounted.
132
133 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
134 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories. This will
135 list machine, portable service and system extension disk images.
136
137 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
138 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
139
140 Changes in systemd-repart:
141
142 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions and
143 --exclude-partitions to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
144 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
145 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
146 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
147 hash of the root partition).
148
149 * systemd-repart now supports erofs (a read-only file system similar to
150 squashfs).
151
152 Changes in systemd-homed:
153
154 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
155 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
156
157 Changes in systemd-homenamed:
158
159 * systemd-homed now exports the contents of
160 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
161 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
162 unprivileged code to access those values.
163
164 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
165
166 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
167 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
168
169 * Detection of chroot environments now works if /proc/ is not mounted.
170 This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means that systemd
171 tools will silently skip various operations in such an environment.
172
173 * "Lockheed Matrin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
174 virtualization is now detected.
175
176 Changes in the build system:
177
178 * Standalone variant of systemd-repart is built (if -Dstandalone=true).
179
180 * systemd-ac-power has been moved to /usr/bin/, to, for example, allow
181 scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power supply.
182
183 Changes in the documentation:
184
185 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
186 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
187 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
188
189
190 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
191
192 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
193
194 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
195 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
196 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
197 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
198 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
199 userspace has been ported over already.
200
201 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
202 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
203 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
204 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
205 For more details, see:
206 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
207
208 Compatibility Breaks:
209
210 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
211 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
212 á la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
213 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
214 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
215 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
216 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
217 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
218 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
219 change.
220
221 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
222 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
223 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
224 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
225 already have been updated or removed.
226
227 New Features:
228
229 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
230 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
231 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
232 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
233 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
234 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
235 kernel.
236
237 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
238 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
239 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
240 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
241 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
242 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
243 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
244 the booted UKI to gain access.
245
246 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
247 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
248 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
249 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
250 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
251 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
252
253 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
254 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
255 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
256 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
257 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
258 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
259 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
260 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
261
262 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
263 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
264 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
265 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
266 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
267 initrd, but not later.)
268
269 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
270
271 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
272 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
273 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
274 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
275 the CPU.
276
277 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
278 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
279 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
280 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
281 release.
282
283 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
284
285 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
286 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
287 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
288
289 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
290 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
291 provided.
292
293 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
294
295 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
296 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
297 file.
298
299 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
300 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
301 activate.
302
303 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
304 configured.
305
306 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
307 SMBIOS fields. For example
308
309 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
310
311 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
312 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
313 quotes).
314
315 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
316 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
317 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
318
319 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
320 associated service unit, if any.
321
322 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
323 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
324 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
325 unsealed only in the initrd.
326
327 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
328 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
329
330 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
331 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
332 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
333 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
334 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
335 the host system as expected.
336
337 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
338 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
339 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
340 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
341
342 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
343 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
344 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
345
346 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
347 unmounted lazily.
348
349 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
350 of file systems.
351
352 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
353 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
354 in the future.
355
356 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
357 activating.
358
359 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
360 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
361 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
362 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
363
364 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
365 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
366
367 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
368 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
369 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
370 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
371 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
372 than for behaviour decisions.
373
374 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
375 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
376
377 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
378 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
379 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
380
381 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
382
383 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
384 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
385 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
386 the main specification.
387
388 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the the
389 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
390 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
391 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
392
393 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
394 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
395 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
396
397 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
398 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
399
400 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
401 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
402 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
403 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
404 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
405 the stub was executed.
406
407 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
408 is now supported by sd-boot.
409
410 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
411 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
412 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
413 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
414 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
415
416 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
417 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
418
419 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
420 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
421 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
422 to detect and warn about this.
423
424 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
425 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
426 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
427
428 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
429 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
430 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
431 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
432
433 Changes in the hardware database:
434
435 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
436
437 Changes in systemctl:
438
439 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
440 and 'status' verbs.
441
442 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
443 points.
444
445 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
446 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
447 which operates relative to some directory).
448
449 Changes in systemd-networkd:
450
451 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
452 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
453
454 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
455 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
456
457 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
458 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
459
460 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
461 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
462 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
463 interface is being serviced.
464
465 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
466
467 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
468
469 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
470
471 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
472 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
473 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
474
475 Changes in systemd-resolved:
476
477 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
478 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
479 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
480 restarted at any point.
481
482 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
483 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
484 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
485 any clients connected to this socket.
486
487 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
488
489 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
490 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
491 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
492
493 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
494 is still supported.)
495
496 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
497
498 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
499 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
500 function for 128bit ID string comparisons), and
501 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
502 string arrays).
503
504 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
505 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
506 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
507 object.
508
509 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
510 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
511 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
512
513 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
514 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
515 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
516
517 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
518 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
519 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
520
521 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
522 database given an explicit path to the file.
523
524 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
525 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
526 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
527 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
528 manually.
529
530 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
531 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
532 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
533
534 Changes in other components:
535
536 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
537 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
538
539 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
540 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
541 'dpkg --compare-versions').
542
543 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
544 names to limit the output to matching units.
545
546 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
547 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
548 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
549 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
550
551 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
552 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
553 already exists.
554
555 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
556 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
557 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
558
559 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
560 lines.
561
562 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
563 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
564
565 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
566 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
567
568 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
569 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
570
571 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
572 user when their system will become unsupported.
573
574 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
575 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
576 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
577 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
578
579 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
580 setting is unknown to the kernel.
581
582 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
583 verbs.
584
585 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
586 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
587
588 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
589 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
590 time delta between subsequent messages.
591
592 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
593 of journal files.
594
595 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
596 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
597 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
598
599 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
600 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
601 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
602 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
603 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
604 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
605 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
606
607 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
608 combination with --scope.
609
610 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
611 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
612 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
613 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
614 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
615 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
616 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
617 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
618 appropriate.
619
620 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
621 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
622 symlink.
623
624 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
625 too.
626
627 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
628 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
629 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
630 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
631 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
632
633 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
634 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
635
636 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
637 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
638 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
639 split dm-verity artifacts.
640
641 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
642 signatures.
643
644 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
645 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
646
647 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
648
649 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
650 now more compact.
651
652 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
653
654 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
655
656 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
657 killed.
658
659 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
660
661 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
662 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
663
664 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
665 session after a preconfigure timeout.
666
667 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
668 rather than indefinitely.
669
670 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
671 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
672 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
673
674 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
675 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
676 build can be reproducible.
677
678 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
679 --initialized=no.
680
681 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
682 "alias" fields for the device.
683
684 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
685 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
686
687 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
688
689 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
690 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
691
692 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
693 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
694 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
695 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
696 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
697 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
698 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
699 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
700 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
701 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
702
703 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
704
705 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
706 graphic cards.
707
708 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
709 device is used as a keyfile.
710
711 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
712 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
713 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
714 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
715
716 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
717 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
718 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
719
720 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
721 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
722
723 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
724 to MIT-0.
725
726 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
727 /etc/machine-id.
728
729 Experimental features:
730
731 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
732 and bpftool >= 7.0).
733
734 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
735 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
736 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
737 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
738 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
739
740 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
741 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
742 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
743 tandem with the kernel.
744
745 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
746 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
747 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
748 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
749 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
750 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
751 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
752 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
753 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
754 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
755 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
756 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
757 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
758 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
759 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
760 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
761 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
762 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
763 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
764 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
765 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
766 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
767 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
768 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
769 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
770 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
771 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
772 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
773 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
774 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
775 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
776 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
777 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
778 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
779 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
780 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
781 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
782 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
783 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
784 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
785 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
786 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
787 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
788 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
789 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
790 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
791 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
792 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
793
794 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
795
796 CHANGES WITH 251:
797
798 Backwards-incompatible changes:
799
800 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
801 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
802
803 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
804 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
805
806 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
807 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
808 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
809 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
810 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
811 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
812
813 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
814 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
815 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
816
817 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
818 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
819 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
820 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
821 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
822 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
823 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
824
825 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
826 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
827 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
828 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
829 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
830 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
831 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
832 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
833 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
834 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
835 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
836 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
837 systems, there should be no visible changes.
838
839 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
840 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
841 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
842 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
843 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
844 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
845 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
846 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
847 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
848 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
849 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
850 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
851
852 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
853 of pcap.
854
855 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
856 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
857 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
858 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
859
860 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
861
862 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
863 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
864 It is apparently used by the linker now.
865
866 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
867 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
868 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
869
870 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
871 to account for this change.
872
873 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
874 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
875 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
876
877 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
878
879 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
880 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
881 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
882 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
883 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
884 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
885 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
886 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
887 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
888 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
889 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
890 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
891 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
892 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
893 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
894 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
895
896 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
897 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
898 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
899 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
900 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
901
902 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
903 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
904 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
905 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
906 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
907 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
908
909 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
910 systemd-boot boot loader.
911
912 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
913 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
914 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
915 allows choosing different initrd generators.
916
917 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
918 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
919 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
920 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
921 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
922 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
923 prepared successfully.
924
925 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
926 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
927 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
928 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
929 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
930 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
931
932 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
933 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
934 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
935 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
936
937 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
938 paths and other settings used.
939
940 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
941 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
942 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
943
944 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
945 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
946 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
947 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
948 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
949
950 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
951 menu entries in JSON format.
952
953 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
954 omit output with the new option --quiet.
955
956 Changes in systemd-homed:
957
958 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
959 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
960 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
961 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
962 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
963 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
964 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
965 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
966 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
967 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
968 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
969 uses, see:
970
971 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
972
973 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
974 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
975 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
976 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
977 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
978 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
979 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
980 context of the local system.
981
982 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
983 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
984 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
985 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
986 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
987 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
988 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
989 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
990 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
991
992 Changes in shared libraries:
993
994 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
995 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
996 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
997 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
998
999 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
1000 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
1001 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
1002 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
1003 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
1004 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
1005 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
1006 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
1007 the library.
1008
1009 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
1010 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
1011 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
1012
1013 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
1014 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
1015 object from a device node name or file system path.
1016
1017 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
1018 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
1019 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
1020 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
1021 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
1022 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
1023 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
1024 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
1025
1026 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
1027
1028 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
1029 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
1030 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
1031 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
1032 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
1033 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
1034
1035 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
1036 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
1037 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
1038 disk image files.)
1039
1040 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
1041
1042 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
1043 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
1044 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
1045 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
1046 manager.
1047
1048 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
1049
1050 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
1051 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
1052 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
1053
1054 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
1055 systemd-oomd.
1056
1057 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
1058 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
1059 unit files.
1060
1061 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
1062 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
1063
1064 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
1065 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
1066
1067 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
1068 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
1069 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
1070 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
1071 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
1072 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
1073 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
1074 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
1075
1076 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
1077 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
1078 Condition*= settings.
1079
1080 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
1081 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
1082
1083 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
1084 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
1085 assign to each cgroup.
1086
1087 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
1088 devices and the associated governor, via the new
1089 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
1090 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1091
1092 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
1093 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
1094
1095 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
1096 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
1097 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
1098
1099 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
1100 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
1101 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
1102 range
1103
1104 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
1105 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
1106 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
1107 been completed.
1108
1109 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
1110 environment variables set describing the execution context a
1111 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
1112 system service manager, or from the per-user service
1113 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
1114 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
1115 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
1116 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
1117 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
1118 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
1119 kernel is built for.
1120
1121 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
1122 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
1123 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
1124 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
1125 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
1126 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
1127 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
1128 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
1129 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
1130 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
1131 this way can be turned off via the new
1132 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
1133
1134 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
1135 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
1136 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
1137 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
1138 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
1139 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
1140 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
1141 up automatically.
1142
1143 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
1144 document:
1145
1146 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
1147
1148 Changes in systemd-journald:
1149
1150 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
1151 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
1152
1153 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
1154
1155 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
1156 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
1157
1158 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
1159 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
1160
1161 Changes in udev:
1162
1163 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
1164 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
1165 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
1166 default.
1167
1168 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
1169 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
1170
1171 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
1172 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
1173
1174 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
1175 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
1176 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
1177 initialized yet, respectively.
1178
1179 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
1180 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
1181 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
1182 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
1183 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
1184
1185 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
1186 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
1187 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
1188 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
1189
1190 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
1191 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
1192
1193 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
1194 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
1195
1196 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
1197 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
1198 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
1199 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
1200 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
1201 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
1202 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
1203 the one in the symlink path.
1204
1205 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
1206
1207 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
1208 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
1209 only supported in .network files.
1210
1211 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
1212 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
1213
1214 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1215
1216 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
1217 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
1218 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
1219 still honored.
1220
1221 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
1222 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
1223 up.
1224
1225 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
1226 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
1227
1228 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
1229 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
1230
1231 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
1232 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
1233
1234 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
1235
1236 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
1237 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
1238 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
1239 address.
1240
1241 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
1242 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
1243 mode).
1244
1245 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
1246 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
1247
1248 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
1249 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
1250 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
1251 PXE boot).
1252
1253 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1254
1255 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
1256 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
1257 there.
1258
1259 Changes in disk encryption:
1260
1261 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
1262 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
1263 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
1264
1265 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
1266
1267 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
1268 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
1269 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
1270
1271 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
1272 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
1273 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
1274
1275 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
1276
1277 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
1278 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
1279
1280 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
1281 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
1282 hostnamed.
1283
1284 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
1285 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
1286 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
1287 firmware version of the system.
1288
1289 Changes in other components:
1290
1291 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
1292 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
1293 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
1294 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
1295 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
1296
1297 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
1298 list of known users.
1299
1300 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
1301 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
1302 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
1303
1304 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
1305 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
1306
1307 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
1308 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
1309 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
1310 a device found.
1311
1312 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
1313 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
1314 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
1315 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
1316 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
1317 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
1318 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
1319
1320 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
1321 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
1322 $TERM).
1323
1324 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
1325 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
1326 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
1327 $ meson build systemd-boot
1328 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
1329 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
1330
1331 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
1332 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
1333 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
1334 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
1335 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
1336
1337 Experimental features:
1338
1339 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
1340 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
1341 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
1342 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
1343 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
1344 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
1345 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
1346 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
1347 compatibility with the current implementation.
1348
1349 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
1350 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
1351 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
1352 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
1353
1354 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1355 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
1356 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
1357 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1358 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
1359 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
1360 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
1361 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
1362 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
1363 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
1364 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1365 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
1366 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
1367 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
1368 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1369 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
1370 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
1371 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
1372 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1373 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
1374 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
1375 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
1376 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
1377 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
1378 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
1379 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
1380 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
1381 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
1382 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
1383 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
1384 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
1385 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
1386 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
1387 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1388 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
1389 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
1390 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
1391
1392 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
1393
1394 CHANGES WITH 250:
1395
1396 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
1397 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
1398 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
1399 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
1400 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
1401 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
1402 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
1403 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
1404 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
1405 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
1406 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
1407
1408 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
1409 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
1410 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
1411 installation or hardware.
1412
1413 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
1414 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
1415
1416 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
1417 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
1418 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
1419 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
1420 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
1421 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
1422 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
1423
1424 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
1425 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
1426 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
1427 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
1428 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
1429 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
1430 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
1431 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
1432 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
1433 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
1434 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
1435 drop-in file mechanism).
1436
1437 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
1438 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
1439 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
1440 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
1441 service, or attached as system extension.
1442
1443 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
1444 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
1445 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
1446 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
1447 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
1448
1449 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
1450 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
1451 are supported.
1452
1453 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
1454 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
1455 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
1456 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
1457 systemd-binfmtd is running.
1458
1459 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
1460 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
1461 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
1462 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
1463 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
1464 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
1465 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
1466 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
1467 does not trigger any operation by default.
1468
1469 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
1470 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
1471 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
1472 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
1473 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
1474 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
1475 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
1476 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
1477
1478 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
1479 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
1480 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
1481 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
1482 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
1483
1484 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
1485 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
1486 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
1487 request this behavior.
1488
1489 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
1490 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
1491 time-out for the boot.
1492
1493 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
1494 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
1495 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
1496 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
1497 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
1498 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
1499 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
1500 system services or the managers themselves.
1501
1502 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
1503 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
1504 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
1505 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
1506 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
1507 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
1508 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
1509 group handles).
1510
1511 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
1512 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
1513
1514 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
1515 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
1516 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
1517 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
1518 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
1519 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
1520 vs. CPUWeight.
1521
1522 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
1523 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
1524 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
1525 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
1526 during boot and shutdown.
1527
1528 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
1529 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
1530 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
1531 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
1532 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
1533 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
1534
1535 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
1536 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
1537
1538 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
1539 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
1540
1541 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
1542 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
1543
1544 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
1545 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
1546 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
1547 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
1548 variable passed to invoked processes.
1549
1550 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
1551 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
1552 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
1553
1554 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
1555 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
1556 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
1557 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
1558 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
1559 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
1560 names.
1561
1562 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
1563 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
1564 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
1565 dimensions to a virtual machine.
1566
1567 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
1568 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
1569 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
1570 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
1571 cgroup instead.
1572
1573 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
1574 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
1575 mounting the autofs instance.
1576
1577 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
1578 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
1579 during build-time.
1580
1581 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
1582 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
1583 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
1584 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
1585 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
1586 socket units.
1587
1588 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
1589 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
1590 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
1591
1592 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
1593 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
1594 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
1595 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
1596 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
1597 trust as SHA256 banks.
1598
1599 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
1600 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
1601 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
1602 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
1603
1604 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
1605 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
1606 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
1607 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
1608 instead.
1609
1610 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
1611 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
1612 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
1613 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
1614
1615 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
1616 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
1617 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
1618 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
1619 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
1620 root partition.
1621
1622 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
1623 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
1624 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
1625 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
1626 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
1627 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
1628
1629 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
1630 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
1631 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
1632 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
1633 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
1634
1635 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
1636 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
1637
1638 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
1639 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
1640
1641 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
1642 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
1643 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
1644 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
1645 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
1646 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
1647 and how to trigger it.
1648
1649 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
1650 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
1651 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
1652 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
1653 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
1654 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
1655 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
1656 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
1657 batteries.
1658
1659 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
1660 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
1661 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
1662 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
1663 against abnormal system shutdown.
1664
1665 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
1666 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
1667 directory/image instead of on the host.
1668
1669 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
1670 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
1671 actually is.
1672
1673 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
1674 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
1675 or recursively any dependent units.
1676
1677 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
1678 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
1679 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
1680 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
1681 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
1682 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
1683 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
1684 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
1685 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
1686 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
1687 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
1688
1689 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
1690
1691 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
1692 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
1693 "filesystems" commands.
1694
1695 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
1696 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
1697 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
1698 through them.
1699
1700 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
1701 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
1702 including the build-id and other info described on:
1703 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
1704
1705 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
1706 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
1707 interfaces.
1708
1709 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
1710 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
1711
1712 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
1713 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
1714 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
1715 CAN timing quanta.
1716
1717 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
1718 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
1719 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
1720 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
1721 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
1722 CAN interface.
1723
1724 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
1725 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
1726 addresses.
1727
1728 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
1729 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
1730 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
1731
1732 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
1733 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
1734 DHCP 6RD option.
1735
1736 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
1737 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
1738 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
1739
1740 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
1741 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
1742
1743 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
1744 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
1745 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
1746
1747 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
1748 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
1749 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
1750 records.
1751
1752 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
1753 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
1754 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
1755 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
1756 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
1757
1758 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
1759 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
1760 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
1761 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
1762 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
1763 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
1764 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
1765 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
1766
1767 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
1768 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
1769
1770 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
1771 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
1772 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
1773
1774 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
1775 setting to specify the router address.
1776
1777 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
1778 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
1779 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
1780 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
1781
1782 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
1783 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
1784 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
1785 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
1786 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
1787
1788 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
1789 interfaces has been improved.
1790
1791 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1792 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1793 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1794 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1795
1796 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1797 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1798 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1799
1800 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1801 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1802 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1803
1804 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1805 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1806 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1807 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1808
1809 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1810 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1811 hardware supports.
1812
1813 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1814 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1815
1816 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1817 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1818 that supports this.
1819
1820 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1821 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1822 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1823 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1824 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1825 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1826 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1827
1828 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1829 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1830 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1831 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1832 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1833 the performance win is beneficial.
1834
1835 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1836 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1837
1838 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1839 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1840 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1841 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1842 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1843 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1844 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1845 taken to shift them manually.
1846
1847 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1848 show the Windows version.
1849
1850 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1851 build-time.
1852
1853 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1854 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1855 resolutions and save the last selection.
1856
1857 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1858 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1859 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1860 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1861
1862 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1863 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1864 items).
1865
1866 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1867 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1868 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1869 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1870 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1871
1872 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1873 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1874 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1875
1876 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1877 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1878 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1879 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1880 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1881
1882 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1883 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1884 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1885 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1886 kernel image.
1887
1888 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1889 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1890
1891 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1892 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1893 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1894 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1895 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1896 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1897 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1898 credentials, see above).
1899
1900 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1901 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1902 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1903
1904 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1905 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1906 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1907 Specification Type #2.
1908
1909 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1910 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1911 non-x86 architectures.
1912
1913 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1914 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1915 or just the subsequent boot).
1916
1917 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1918 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1919 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1920 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1921 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1922 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1923 layout specified in
1924 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1925 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1926 values for this variable.
1927
1928 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1929 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1930 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1931 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1932 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1933 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1934 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1935 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1936 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1937 machine-id.
1938
1939 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1940 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1941 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1942 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1943 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1944 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1945 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1946 without conflict.
1947
1948 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1949 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1950 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1951 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1952 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1953 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1954 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1955 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1956 installations that use the bls layout.
1957
1958 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1959
1960 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1961 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1962 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1963 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1964 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1965 attached under a wrong name this way.
1966
1967 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1968 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1969 default 'add').
1970
1971 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1972 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1973
1974 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1975 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1976 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1977 be accessible to regular users.
1978
1979 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1980 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1981 they point (front or back).
1982
1983 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1984 added to hwdb.
1985
1986 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1987 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1988
1989 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1990 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1991 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1992 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1993 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1994 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1995
1996 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1997 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1998
1999 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
2000 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
2001 support).
2002
2003 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
2004 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
2005 --cgroup-id= switches.)
2006
2007 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
2008 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
2009
2010 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
2011 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
2012 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
2013
2014 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
2015 forked, sandboxed process.
2016
2017 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
2018 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
2019 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
2020 reason it was not tried again.
2021
2022 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
2023 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
2024 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
2025 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
2026 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
2027 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
2028
2029 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
2030 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
2031 homectl switch.
2032
2033 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
2034 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
2035 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
2036 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
2037 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
2038 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
2039 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
2040 system trees is no longer necessary.
2041
2042 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
2043 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
2044 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
2045
2046 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
2047 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
2048 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
2049 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
2050 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
2051 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
2052
2053 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
2054 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
2055 by default.
2056
2057 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
2058 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
2059 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
2060 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
2061 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
2062 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
2063
2064 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
2065 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
2066 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
2067 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
2068 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
2069 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
2070 precisely.
2071
2072 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
2073 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
2074 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
2075 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
2076 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
2077 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
2078 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
2079 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
2080 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
2081
2082 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
2083 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
2084 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
2085 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
2086 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
2087 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
2088 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
2089 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
2090 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
2091 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
2092 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
2093 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
2094
2095 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
2096 to use when outputting user or group records.
2097
2098 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
2099 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
2100 record resolution logic.
2101
2102 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
2103 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
2104 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
2105 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
2106 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
2107 other also configured in the command line.
2108
2109 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
2110 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
2111 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
2112 watch.
2113
2114 * The sd-event API gained a new function
2115 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
2116 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
2117 leaves the rate limiting phase.
2118
2119 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
2120 to port systemd to a new architecture:
2121
2122 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
2123
2124 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
2125 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
2126
2127 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
2128 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
2129 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
2130 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
2131 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
2132 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
2133 shutdown.
2134
2135 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
2136 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
2137 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
2138 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
2139 environments.
2140
2141 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
2142 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
2143 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
2144 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
2145 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
2146 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
2147 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
2148 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
2149 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
2150 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
2151 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
2152
2153 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
2154 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
2155 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
2156 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
2157
2158 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
2159 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
2160
2161 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
2162
2163 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
2164 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
2165 appropriate primary group.
2166
2167 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
2168
2169 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
2170
2171 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
2172 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
2173 work.
2174
2175 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
2176 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
2177
2178 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
2179 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
2180
2181 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
2182 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
2183
2184 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
2185 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
2186 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
2187 that have compression enabled.
2188
2189 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
2190 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
2191 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
2192 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
2193
2194 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
2195 messages.
2196
2197 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
2198 corruption.
2199
2200 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
2201 scheduled shutdown.
2202
2203 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
2204 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
2205 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
2206 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
2207
2208 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
2209 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
2210 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
2211 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
2212 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
2213 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2214 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
2215 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
2216 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
2217 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
2218 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
2219 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
2220 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
2221 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
2222 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
2223 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
2224 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
2225 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
2226 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
2227 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
2228 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
2229 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
2230 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
2231 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
2232 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
2233 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
2234 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
2235 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
2236 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
2237 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
2238 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
2239 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
2240 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
2241 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
2242 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
2243 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
2244 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
2245 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
2246 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
2247 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
2248 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
2249 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
2250 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
2251 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
2252 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2253 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2254
2255 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
2256
2257 CHANGES WITH 249:
2258
2259 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
2260 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
2261 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
2262 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
2263 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
2264 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
2265 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
2266 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
2267 a matching version identifier.
2268
2269 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
2270 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
2271 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
2272 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
2273 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
2274 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
2275 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
2276 during first boot. Example:
2277
2278 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
2279
2280 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
2281 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
2282 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
2283 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
2284 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
2285
2286 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
2287 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
2288 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
2289 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
2290 /etc/).
2291
2292 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
2293 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
2294 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
2295 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
2296
2297 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
2298 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
2299 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
2300 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
2301 systemd-sysusers tools.
2302
2303 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
2304 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
2305 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
2306 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
2307 itself.
2308
2309 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2310 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
2311 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
2312 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
2313 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
2314 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
2315 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
2316 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
2317 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
2318 immediately, even in read-only mode.
2319
2320 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
2321 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
2322 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
2323 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
2324 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
2325
2326 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2327 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
2328 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
2329 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
2330 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
2331
2332 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
2333 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
2334 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
2335 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
2336 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
2337 specifiers.
2338
2339 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
2340 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
2341 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
2342 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
2343
2344 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
2345 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
2346 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
2347 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
2348 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
2349 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
2350 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
2351 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
2352 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
2353 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
2354 information, see:
2355
2356 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
2357
2358 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
2359 (IEEE 1394).
2360
2361 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
2362 backwards-incompatible changes:
2363
2364 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
2365 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
2366 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
2367 number.
2368
2369 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
2370 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
2371 where values up to 65535 are used.
2372
2373 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
2374
2375 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
2376 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
2377 command line parameter.
2378
2379 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
2380 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
2381 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
2382
2383 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
2384 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
2385 the udev device first appeared in the database.
2386
2387 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
2388 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
2389 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
2390 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
2391 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
2392 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
2393 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
2394 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
2395 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
2396 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
2397 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
2398 uevent.
2399
2400 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
2401 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
2402 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
2403 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
2404 index.
2405
2406 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
2407 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
2408 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
2409 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
2410 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
2411 for that official:
2412
2413 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
2414
2415 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
2416 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
2417 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
2418 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
2419 services into them.
2420
2421 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
2422 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
2423 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
2424 available on private domains.
2425
2426 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
2427
2428 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
2429 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
2430 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
2431
2432 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
2433 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
2434 connectivity.
2435
2436 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
2437 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
2438 consider an interface "online".
2439
2440 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
2441 information.
2442
2443 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
2444 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
2445
2446 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
2447 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
2448
2449 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
2450 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
2451 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
2452 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
2453
2454 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
2455 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
2456 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
2457 before.
2458
2459 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
2460 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
2461 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
2462 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
2463
2464 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
2465 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
2466 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
2467
2468 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
2469 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
2470 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
2471 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
2472 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
2473 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
2474 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
2475
2476 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
2477 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
2478 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
2479 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
2480 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
2481 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
2482 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
2483 compatibility.)
2484
2485 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
2486 files.
2487
2488 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
2489 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
2490 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
2491 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
2492
2493 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
2494 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
2495 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
2496 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
2497 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
2498 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
2499
2500 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
2501 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
2502 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
2503 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
2504 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
2505 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
2506 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
2507 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
2508 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
2509 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
2510 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
2511 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
2512 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
2513 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
2514 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
2515
2516 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2517
2518 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
2519 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
2520 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
2521 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
2522 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
2523 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
2524 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
2525
2526 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
2527 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
2528 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
2529 via BPF.
2530
2531 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
2532 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
2533 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
2534 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
2535
2536 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
2537 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
2538 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
2539 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
2540 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
2541 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
2542
2543 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
2544 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
2545 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
2546 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
2547 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
2548 program code that can consume JSON.
2549
2550 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
2551 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
2552
2553 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
2554 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
2555 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
2556 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
2557 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
2558 continue to be supported for compatibility.
2559
2560 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
2561 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
2562
2563 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
2564 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
2565 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
2566 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
2567 level.
2568
2569 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
2570 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
2571 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
2572 Type 1 boot loader entries.
2573
2574 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
2575 may be specified now.
2576
2577 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
2578 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
2579 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
2580 an interactive user is generally not present.
2581
2582 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
2583 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
2584 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
2585 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
2586 asterisks.)
2587
2588 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
2589 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
2590 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
2591 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
2592 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
2593 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
2594 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
2595 used FIDO2 token.
2596
2597 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
2598 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
2599 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
2600 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
2601 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
2602 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
2603 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
2604
2605 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
2606 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
2607 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
2608 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
2609 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
2610 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
2611 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
2612 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
2613 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
2614 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
2615 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
2616 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
2617 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
2618 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
2619 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
2620 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
2621 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
2622 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
2623 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
2624 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
2625 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
2626 privileges on the host).
2627
2628 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
2629 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
2630 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
2631
2632 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
2633 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
2634 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
2635 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
2636 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
2637 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
2638 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
2639 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
2640 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
2641
2642 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
2643 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
2644 user database lookups.
2645
2646 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
2647 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
2648 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
2649 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
2650 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
2651 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
2652 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
2653 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
2654 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
2655 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
2656 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
2657 is trivially simple.
2658
2659 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
2660 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
2661 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
2662 Journal records.
2663
2664 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
2665 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
2666 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
2667 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
2668 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
2669 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
2670 units that are members of a slice.
2671
2672 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
2673 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
2674 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
2675 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
2676
2677 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
2678 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
2679 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
2680 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
2681 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
2682 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
2683
2684 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
2685 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
2686 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
2687 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
2688 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
2689 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
2690 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
2691 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
2692 another unit that intends to uphold it.
2693
2694 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
2695 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
2696
2697 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
2698 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
2699 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
2700
2701 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
2702 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
2703 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
2704 characters literally.
2705
2706 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
2707 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
2708 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
2709 switch.
2710
2711 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
2712 the systemd source code tree:
2713
2714 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
2715
2716 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
2717 the initrd.
2718
2719 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
2720 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
2721 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
2722
2723 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
2724 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
2725 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
2726 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
2727
2728 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
2729 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
2730 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
2731 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
2732 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
2733 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
2734 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
2735 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
2736
2737 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
2738 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
2739
2740 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
2741 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
2742 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
2743 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
2744
2745 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
2746 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
2747 generation.
2748
2749 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
2750 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
2751 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
2752
2753 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
2754 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
2755
2756 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
2757 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
2758 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
2759
2760 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
2761 setting a network timeout time.
2762
2763 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
2764 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
2765 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
2766
2767 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
2768 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
2769 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
2770 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
2771 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
2772 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
2773 that.
2774
2775 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
2776 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
2777 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
2778 events in a short time window.
2779
2780 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2781 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
2782 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
2783 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
2784 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
2785 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
2786 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
2787 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
2788 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
2789 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
2790 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
2791 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2792 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2793 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2794 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2795 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2796 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2797 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2798 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2799 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2800 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2801 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2802 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2803 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2804 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2805 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2806 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2807 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2808 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2809 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2810 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2811
2812 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2813
2814 CHANGES WITH 248:
2815
2816 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2817 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2818 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2819 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2820 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2821 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2822
2823 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2824 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2825 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2826
2827 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2828 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2829 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2830
2831 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2832 supported system extension level.
2833
2834 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2835 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2836 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2837 constraints.
2838
2839 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2840 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2841 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2842
2843 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2844 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2845 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2846 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2847
2848 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2849 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2850
2851 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2852 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2853 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2854 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2855 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2856
2857 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2858 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2859 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2860 user.
2861
2862 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2863 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2864 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2865 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2866 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2867 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2868 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2869 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2870
2871 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2872 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2873 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2874 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2875 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2876
2877 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2878 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2879 D-Bus properties.
2880
2881 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2882 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2883 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2884 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2885 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2886 shows this in the status output.
2887
2888 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2889 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2890 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2891 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2892 the need for configuration in an external file.
2893
2894 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2895 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2896 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2897
2898 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2899 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2900 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2901
2902 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2903 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2904 them. See:
2905
2906 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2907
2908 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2909
2910 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2911 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2912 dependency.
2913
2914 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2915 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2916 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2917
2918 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2919 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2920 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2921 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2922 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2923 output and such.
2924
2925 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2926 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2927
2928 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2929 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2930
2931 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2932 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2933 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2934 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2935
2936 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2937 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2938 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2939 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2940
2941 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2942 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2943 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2944
2945 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2946 IPC namespace.
2947
2948 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2949 generated from kernel lists exported on
2950 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2951
2952 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2953 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2954 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2955
2956 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2957 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2958 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2959 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2960
2961 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2962 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2963 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2964
2965 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2966 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2967 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2968 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2969
2970 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2971 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2972
2973 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2974 noexec for parts of the file system.
2975
2976 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2977 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2978 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2979 systemctl and similar tools:
2980
2981 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2982
2983 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2984 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2985 the host itself is connected to
2986
2987 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2988
2989 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2990 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2991 parameter: the message to send.
2992
2993 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2994 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2995 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2996
2997 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2998 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2999
3000 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
3001 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
3002
3003 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
3004 queue to be configured.
3005
3006 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
3007 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
3008 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
3009
3010 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
3011 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
3012 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
3013 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
3014 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
3015 .network files.
3016
3017 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
3018 switch to select the routing policy table.
3019
3020 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
3021 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
3022
3023 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
3024 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
3025 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
3026 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
3027 added.
3028
3029 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
3030 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
3031
3032 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
3033 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
3034
3035 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
3036 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
3037 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
3038 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
3039
3040 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
3041 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
3042 devices.
3043
3044 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
3045 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
3046 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
3047
3048 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
3049 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
3050 even a single device.
3051
3052 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
3053 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
3054 systems.
3055
3056 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
3057 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
3058
3059 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
3060 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
3061 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
3062 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
3063 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
3064
3065 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
3066 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
3067
3068 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
3069 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
3070 libfprint.
3071
3072 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
3073 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
3074 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
3075 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
3076 the upstream server.
3077
3078 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
3079 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
3080 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
3081 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
3082 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
3083 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
3084 anyway.
3085
3086 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
3087 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
3088 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
3089
3090 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
3091 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
3092 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
3093 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
3094 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
3095 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
3096 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
3097 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
3098 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
3099 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
3100 lookup.
3101
3102 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
3103 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
3104 capabilities passed to the container payload.
3105
3106 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
3107 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
3108 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
3109 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
3110 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
3111 IPv4-only).
3112
3113 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
3114 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
3115 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
3116
3117 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
3118 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
3119
3120 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
3121 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
3122 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
3123 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
3124 units.
3125
3126 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
3127 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
3128 operation, but it is still recommended.
3129
3130 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
3131 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
3132
3133 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
3134 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
3135
3136 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
3137 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
3138 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
3139
3140 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
3141 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
3142 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
3143
3144 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
3145 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
3146 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
3147 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
3148 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
3149 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
3150 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
3151 imported into the manager environment block.
3152
3153 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
3154 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
3155 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
3156
3157 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
3158 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
3159 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
3160 reloaded "↻".
3161
3162 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
3163 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
3164 a simple JSON format.
3165
3166 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
3167 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
3168 process signals and their numbers.
3169
3170 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
3171
3172 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
3173 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
3174
3175 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
3176 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
3177 colors are used in output.
3178
3179 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
3180 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
3181 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
3182 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
3183 disable this output again.
3184
3185 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
3186 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
3187 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
3188 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
3189
3190 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
3191 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
3192 recommended.
3193
3194 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
3195 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
3196 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
3197 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
3198 the keymap file first.
3199
3200 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
3201
3202 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
3203 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
3204 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
3205
3206 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
3207 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
3208 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
3209 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
3210
3211 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
3212 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
3213 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
3214 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
3215 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
3216 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
3217
3218 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
3219 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
3220 headers/legends.
3221
3222 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
3223 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
3224 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
3225 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
3226 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
3227 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
3228 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
3229 operations at a later step at once.
3230
3231 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
3232 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
3233 to regular strings.
3234
3235 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
3236 and measured the boot process into it.
3237
3238 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
3239 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
3240 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
3241 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
3242
3243 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
3244 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
3245 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
3246 it assigns the container a cgroup.
3247
3248 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
3249 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
3250
3251 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
3252 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
3253
3254 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
3255 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
3256 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
3257 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
3258 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
3259 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
3260 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
3261 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
3262 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
3263 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
3264 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
3265 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
3266 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
3267 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
3268 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
3269 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
3270 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
3271 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
3272 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
3273 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
3274 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
3275 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
3276 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
3277 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
3278 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
3279 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
3280 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
3281 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
3282 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
3283 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
3284 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
3285 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
3286 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
3287 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
3288 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
3289 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3290 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3291
3292 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
3293
3294 CHANGES WITH 247:
3295
3296 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
3297 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
3298 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
3299 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
3300 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
3301 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
3302 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
3303 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
3304 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
3305 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
3306 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
3307 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
3308 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
3309 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
3310 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
3311
3312 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
3313 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
3314 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
3315 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
3316 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
3317 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
3318 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
3319 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
3320 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
3321 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
3322 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
3323 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
3324 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
3325 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
3326 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
3327
3328 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
3329 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
3330 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
3331 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
3332 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
3333 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
3334 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
3335 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
3336 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
3337 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
3338
3339 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
3340 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
3341 handle the new events. Specifically:
3342
3343 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
3344 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
3345 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
3346 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
3347 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
3348 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
3349 generated, for all other device types this change is still
3350 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
3351 future kernel uevent type additions).
3352
3353 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
3354 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
3355 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
3356 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
3357 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
3358 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
3359 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
3360 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
3361 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
3362 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
3363 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
3364 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
3365
3366 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
3367 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
3368 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
3369 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
3370 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
3371 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
3372 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
3373 above).
3374
3375 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
3376 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
3377 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
3378 behaviour change.
3379
3380 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
3381 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
3382 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
3383 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
3384 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
3385 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
3386 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
3387 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
3388 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
3389 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
3390 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
3391 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
3392 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
3393 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
3394 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
3395 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
3396 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
3397 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
3398 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
3399 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
3400 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
3401 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
3402 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
3403 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
3404 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
3405 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
3406
3407 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
3408 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
3409 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
3410 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
3411 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
3412
3413 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
3414 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
3415 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
3416 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
3417 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
3418 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
3419 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
3420 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
3421 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
3422 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
3423 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
3424 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
3425 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
3426
3427 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
3428 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
3429 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
3430 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
3431 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
3432 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
3433 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
3434 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
3435 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
3436 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
3437 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
3438 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
3439 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
3440 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
3441 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
3442 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
3443 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
3444 they now are optional during runtime.
3445
3446 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
3447 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
3448 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
3449 which installs absolute timers.
3450
3451 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
3452 mode, which may be controlled via the new
3453 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
3454 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
3455 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
3456 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
3457 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
3458 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
3459 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
3460 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
3461
3462 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
3463 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
3464 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
3465 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
3466 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
3467 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
3468 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
3469 dispatched).
3470
3471 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
3472 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
3473 the RootImage= setting.
3474
3475 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
3476 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
3477 to the service.
3478
3479 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
3480 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
3481 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
3482 different for different units).
3483
3484 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
3485 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
3486 options.
3487
3488 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
3489 --json= switch.
3490
3491 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
3492 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
3493 authentication request.
3494
3495 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
3496 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
3497 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
3498 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
3499 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
3500 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
3501 empty.
3502
3503 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
3504 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
3505 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
3506 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
3507 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
3508 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
3509 image to be applied onto the image.
3510
3511 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
3512 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
3513 in OS disk images.
3514
3515 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
3516 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
3517 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
3518 other output modes.
3519
3520 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
3521 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
3522 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
3523 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
3524
3525 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
3526 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
3527 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
3528 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
3529 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
3530 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
3531 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
3532 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
3533 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
3534 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
3535
3536 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
3537 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
3538 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
3539 recursively to whole subtrees.
3540
3541 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
3542 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
3543 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
3544 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
3545 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
3546 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
3547 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
3548 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
3549
3550 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
3551 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
3552 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
3553 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
3554 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
3555 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
3556 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
3557 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
3558 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
3559 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
3560 system asks for a password.
3561
3562 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
3563 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
3564 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
3565 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
3566 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
3567 up.
3568
3569 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
3570 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
3571 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
3572
3573 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
3574 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
3575 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
3576 virtualization.
3577
3578 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
3579 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
3580 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
3581 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
3582 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
3583 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
3584 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
3585 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
3586 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
3587 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
3588 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
3589 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
3590 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
3591 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
3592 directories:
3593
3594 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
3595
3596 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
3597 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
3598 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
3599
3600 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
3601 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
3602 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
3603 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
3604
3605 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
3606 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
3607
3608 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
3609 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
3610 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
3611 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
3612 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
3613 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
3614 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
3615 applications.
3616
3617 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
3618 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
3619 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
3620 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
3621 build time.
3622
3623 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
3624 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
3625 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
3626 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
3627 system call filter policy.
3628
3629 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
3630 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
3631 filtering is turned off.
3632
3633 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
3634 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
3635 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
3636 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
3637 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
3638 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
3639 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
3640 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
3641 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
3642
3643 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
3644 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
3645 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
3646 exited.
3647
3648 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
3649 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
3650
3651 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
3652 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
3653 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
3654 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
3655 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
3656 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
3657 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
3658 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
3659 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
3660 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
3661 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
3662 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
3663 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
3664 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
3665 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
3666 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
3667 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
3668 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
3669 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
3670 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
3671 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
3672 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
3673
3674 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
3675 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
3676 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
3677 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
3678 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
3679 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
3680 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
3681 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
3682 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
3683 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
3684 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
3685 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
3686 aforementioned service settings.
3687
3688 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
3689 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
3690 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
3691 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
3692 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
3693 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
3694 and populated — there is no time window where they are
3695 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
3696 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
3697 will start from the beginning.
3698
3699 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
3700 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
3701 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
3702 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
3703
3704 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
3705 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
3706 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
3707 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
3708 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
3709 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
3710 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
3711 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
3712 on, including in the initrd.
3713
3714 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
3715 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
3716 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
3717 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
3718
3719 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
3720 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
3721 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
3722 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
3723 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
3724
3725 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
3726 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
3727 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
3728 this property in its status output.
3729
3730 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
3731 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
3732 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
3733 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
3734 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
3735 more similarly to nss-resolve.
3736
3737 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
3738 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
3739 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
3740 ctime.
3741
3742 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
3743 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
3744
3745 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
3746 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
3747 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
3748 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
3749 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
3750 having to rebuild systemd.
3751
3752 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
3753 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
3754 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
3755 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
3756 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
3757 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
3758 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
3759 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
3760
3761 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
3762 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
3763 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
3764 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
3765 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
3766 hardlinks.
3767
3768 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
3769 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
3770 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
3771
3772 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
3773 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
3774 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
3775 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
3776
3777 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
3778 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
3779
3780 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
3781 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
3782 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
3783 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
3784 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
3785
3786 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
3787 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
3788 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
3789 compatibility).
3790
3791 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3792 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3793 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3794 prefix will be assigned.
3795
3796 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3797 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3798 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3799 The setting is enabled by default.
3800
3801 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3802 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3803
3804 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3805 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3806 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3807 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3808 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3809 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3810 debuggable.
3811
3812 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3813 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3814 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3815 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3816
3817 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3818 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3819
3820 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3821 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3822 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3823 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3824 environments where the root file system is
3825 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3826 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3827
3828 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3829 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3830 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3831 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3832 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3833 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3834 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3835 later).
3836
3837 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3838 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3839 working with heavily threaded programs.
3840
3841 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3842 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3843 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3844 desirable.
3845
3846 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3847 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3848 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3849 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3850 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3851 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3852
3853 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3854 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3855 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3856 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3857 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3858
3859 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3860 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3861 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3862 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3863 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3864 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3865 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3866 promises.
3867
3868 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3869 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3870 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3871 promises.
3872
3873 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3874 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3875 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3876 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3877 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3878 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3879 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3880 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3881 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3882
3883 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3884 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3885 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3886 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3887 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3888 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3889 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3890 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3891 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3892
3893 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3894 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3895 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3896 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3897 like this.
3898
3899 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3900 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3901 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3902 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3903 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3904 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3905 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3906 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3907 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3908
3909 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3910 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3911 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3912 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3913 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3914 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3915 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3916 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3917 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3918 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3919 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3920 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3921 appropriately.
3922
3923 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3924 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3925 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3926 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3927 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3928 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3929
3930 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3931 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3932
3933 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3934 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3935 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3936 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3937 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3938 protections for the different slices in the future.
3939
3940 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3941 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3942 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3943 image dissection logic.
3944
3945 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3946 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3947 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3948 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3949 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3950 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3951 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3952 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3953 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3954 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3955 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3956 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3957 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3958 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3959 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3960 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3961 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3962 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3963 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3964 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3965 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3966 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3967 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3968 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3969 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3970 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3971 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3972 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3973 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3974 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3975 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3976 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3977 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3978
3979 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3980
3981 CHANGES WITH 246:
3982
3983 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3984 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3985 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3986
3987 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3988 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3989
3990 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3991 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3992 based on the NUMA mask.
3993
3994 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3995 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3996 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3997
3998 * Two new unit file settings
3999 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
4000 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
4001 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
4002 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
4003
4004 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
4005 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
4006 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
4007 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
4008 instance).
4009
4010 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
4011 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
4012 service's processes shall include.
4013
4014 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
4015 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
4016 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
4017 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
4018
4019 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
4020 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
4021 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
4022 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
4023 depending on socket type.
4024
4025 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
4026 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
4027 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
4028 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
4029 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
4030 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
4031 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
4032 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
4033 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
4034 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
4035
4036 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
4037 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
4038 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
4039 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
4040 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
4041 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
4042 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
4043 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
4044
4045 * .service unit files gained two new options
4046 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
4047 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
4048 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
4049
4050 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
4051 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
4052 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
4053 prefix is used.
4054
4055 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
4056 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
4057 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
4058 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
4059 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
4060 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
4061 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
4062 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
4063 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
4064 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
4065 key/certificate parameters support this now.
4066
4067 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
4068 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
4069 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
4070 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
4071 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
4072 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
4073
4074 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
4075 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
4076 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
4077 finally gone now.
4078
4079 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
4080 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
4081 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
4082 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
4083
4084 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
4085 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
4086 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
4087 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
4088 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
4089 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
4090 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
4091 which is quite likely a major security problem.
4092
4093 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
4094 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
4095 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
4096 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
4097 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
4098
4099 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
4100 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
4101 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
4102 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
4103 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
4104
4105 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
4106 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
4107 boot.
4108
4109 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
4110 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
4111 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
4112 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
4113 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
4114 device.
4115
4116 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
4117 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
4118 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
4119
4120 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
4121 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
4122 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
4123 conditions.
4124
4125 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
4126 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
4127 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
4128 in order to make test cases more reliable.
4129
4130 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
4131 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
4132 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
4133 the process that faulted.
4134
4135 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
4136 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
4137 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
4138
4139 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
4140 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
4141 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
4142 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
4143 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
4144
4145 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
4146 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
4147 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
4148 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
4149 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
4150
4151 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
4152 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
4153 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
4154 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
4155 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
4156
4157 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
4158 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
4159 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
4160 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
4161 frame ring buffer sizes.
4162
4163 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
4164 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
4165
4166 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
4167 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
4168
4169 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
4170 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
4171 automatically assigned to the interface.
4172
4173 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
4174 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
4175 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
4176 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
4177 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
4178 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
4179 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
4180 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
4181 mode for Assign=.
4182
4183 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
4184 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
4185 source addresses.
4186
4187 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
4188 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
4189 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
4190 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
4191 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
4192 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
4193 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
4194 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
4195 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
4196 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
4197
4198 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
4199 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
4200 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
4201 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
4202 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
4203 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
4204 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
4205
4206 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
4207 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
4208 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
4209 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
4210 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
4211 the RA packets suggest it.
4212
4213 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
4214 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
4215 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
4216 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
4217
4218 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
4219 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
4220 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
4221 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
4222 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
4223 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
4224 field.
4225
4226 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
4227 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
4228 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
4229 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
4230 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
4231 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
4232
4233 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
4234 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
4235
4236 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
4237 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
4238 the VLAN protocol to use.
4239
4240 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
4241 of the .network files, to control the link group.
4242
4243 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
4244 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
4245 link local address is generated.
4246
4247 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
4248 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
4249 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
4250 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
4251 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
4252 carefully picking an interface name to use.
4253
4254 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
4255 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
4256
4257 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
4258 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
4259
4260 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
4261 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
4262 are still understood to provide compatibility.
4263
4264 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
4265 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
4266 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
4267 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
4268 interfaces up or down.
4269
4270 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
4271 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
4272 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
4273 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
4274 interface may be specified (after "%").
4275
4276 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
4277 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
4278 public DNS servers are not used.
4279
4280 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
4281
4282 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
4283 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
4284 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
4285 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
4286 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
4287 defined by systemd-resolved).
4288
4289 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
4290 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
4291 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
4292
4293 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
4294 --property=…".
4295
4296 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
4297 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
4298 use --plain.
4299
4300 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
4301 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
4302 being deprecated in favor of this option.
4303
4304 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
4305 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
4306 process itself.
4307
4308 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
4309 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
4310 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
4311 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
4312 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
4313 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
4314 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
4315 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
4316 implementations.
4317
4318 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
4319 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
4320 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
4321 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
4322 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
4323 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
4324 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
4325 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
4326 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
4327
4328 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
4329 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
4330 initialization.
4331
4332 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
4333 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
4334 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
4335
4336 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
4337 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
4338 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
4339 without any decoration.
4340
4341 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
4342 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
4343 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
4344 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
4345 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
4346 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
4347
4348 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
4349 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
4350 coredump data from.
4351
4352 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
4353 the zstd algorithm.
4354
4355 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
4356 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
4357 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
4358 not block clean file system unmounting.
4359
4360 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
4361 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
4362 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
4363
4364 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
4365 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
4366 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
4367 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
4368
4369 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
4370 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
4371
4372 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
4373 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
4374 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
4375 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
4376 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
4377 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
4378 instead of operating on actual block devices.
4379
4380 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
4381 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
4382
4383 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
4384 instead of 0.
4385
4386 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
4387 specifier expansion.
4388
4389 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
4390 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
4391 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
4392 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
4393 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
4394
4395 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
4396 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
4397 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
4398 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
4399 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
4400
4401 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
4402 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
4403 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
4404 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
4405 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
4406 --fido2-device= option.
4407
4408 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
4409 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
4410 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
4411 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
4412 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
4413 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
4414 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
4415
4416 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
4417 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
4418 changed from ext2 to ext4.
4419
4420 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
4421 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
4422 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
4423 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
4424 before the system continues to boot.
4425
4426 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
4427 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
4428 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
4429 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
4430 instead of at installation time.
4431
4432 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
4433 volumes with automatically from files in
4434 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
4435 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
4436
4437 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
4438 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
4439
4440 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
4441 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
4442 instance.
4443
4444 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
4445 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
4446 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
4447 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
4448
4449 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
4450 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
4451
4452 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
4453 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
4454 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
4455 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
4456 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
4457 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
4458 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
4459 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
4460 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
4461 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
4462 incremental).
4463
4464 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
4465 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
4466 which it then operates.
4467
4468 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
4469 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
4470 directories for various resources.
4471
4472 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
4473 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
4474 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
4475 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
4476 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
4477 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
4478 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
4479 via the new --no-block switch.
4480
4481 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
4482 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
4483 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
4484 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
4485 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
4486 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
4487 case.
4488
4489 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
4490 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
4491 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
4492 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
4493
4494 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
4495 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
4496 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
4497 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
4498 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
4499
4500 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
4501 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
4502 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
4503 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
4504 vtable is associated with.
4505
4506 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
4507 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
4508 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
4509 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
4510
4511 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
4512 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
4513 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
4514
4515 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
4516
4517 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
4518 document the methods, signals and properties.
4519
4520 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
4521 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
4522 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
4523 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
4524 desktops has been added:
4525
4526 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
4527 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
4528 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
4529
4530 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
4531 and has now moved to:
4532
4533 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
4534
4535 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
4536 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
4537 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
4538 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
4539 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
4540 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
4541 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
4542
4543 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
4544 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
4545 target of the service during runtime.
4546
4547 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
4548 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
4549 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
4550
4551 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
4552 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
4553 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
4554 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
4555 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
4556 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
4557 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
4558 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
4559 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
4560 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
4561 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
4562 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4563 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
4564 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
4565 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
4566 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
4567 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
4568 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
4569 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
4570 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
4571 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
4572 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
4573 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
4574 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
4575 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
4576 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
4577 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
4578 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
4579 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
4580 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
4581 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
4582 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
4583 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
4584 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
4585 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
4586 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
4587 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4588 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4589
4590 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
4591
4592 CHANGES WITH 245:
4593
4594 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
4595 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
4596 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
4597 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
4598 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
4599 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
4600 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
4601 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
4602 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
4603 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
4604 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
4605 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
4606 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
4607 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
4608 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
4609 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
4610 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
4611 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
4612 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
4613 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
4614 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
4615
4616 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
4617 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
4618 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
4619 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
4620 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
4621 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
4622 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
4623 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
4624 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
4625 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
4626 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
4627 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
4628 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
4629 that for the first time resource management and various other
4630 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
4631 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
4632 to apply on login. For further details see:
4633
4634 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
4635 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
4636 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
4637
4638 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
4639 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
4640 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
4641 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
4642 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
4643 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
4644 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
4645 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
4646 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
4647
4648 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
4649
4650 For further details about the format and expectations on home
4651 directories this new daemon makes, see:
4652
4653 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
4654
4655 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
4656 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
4657 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
4658 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
4659 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
4660 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
4661 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
4662 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
4663 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
4664 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
4665 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
4666 usage limitations and other settings.
4667
4668 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
4669 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
4670 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
4671 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
4672 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
4673 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
4674 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
4675 resource usage.
4676
4677 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
4678 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
4679
4680 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
4681 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
4682 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
4683 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
4684 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
4685
4686 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
4687 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
4688 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
4689 itself and the default for all other processes.
4690
4691 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
4692 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
4693 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
4694 database into account.
4695
4696 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
4697 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
4698 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
4699 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
4700
4701 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
4702 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
4703 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
4704 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
4705 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
4706 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
4707 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
4708 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
4709 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
4710 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
4711
4712 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
4713 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
4714 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
4715 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
4716 event source watching it is freed).
4717
4718 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
4719 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
4720 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
4721 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
4722
4723 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
4724 (IFB) network devices.
4725
4726 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
4727 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
4728
4729 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
4730 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
4731 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
4732 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
4733 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
4734 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
4735
4736 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
4737 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
4738 with its sense inverted.
4739
4740 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
4741 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
4742 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
4743
4744 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
4745 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
4746 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
4747
4748 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
4749 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
4750 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
4751 to be used.
4752
4753 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
4754 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
4755 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
4756 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
4757 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
4758 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
4759 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
4760
4761 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
4762 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
4763 debugging purposes.
4764
4765 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
4766 group named differently than the user.
4767
4768 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
4769 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
4770 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
4771
4772 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
4773 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
4774 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
4775 /etc/fstab.
4776
4777 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
4778 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
4779 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
4780 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
4781
4782 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
4783 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
4784 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
4785 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
4786
4787 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
4788 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
4789 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
4790 Bernard.
4791
4792 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4793 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4794 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4795 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4796 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4797 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4798 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4799 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4800 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4801 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4802 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4803
4804 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4805 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4806 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4807 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4808 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4809 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4810 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4811 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4812 command line option.
4813
4814 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4815 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4816
4817 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4818 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4819 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4820 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4821 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4822 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4823 systemd-timedated.
4824
4825 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4826 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4827 GPT partition table types.
4828
4829 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4830 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4831 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4832
4833 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4834
4835 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4836 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4837 for the respective units.
4838
4839 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4840 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4841 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4842
4843 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4844 "status" output.
4845
4846 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4847 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4848 disappear.
4849
4850 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4851 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4852 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4853 address is used.
4854
4855 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4856 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4857 dropped from the individual setting names.
4858
4859 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4860 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4861 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4862 such files in version 243.
4863
4864 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4865 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4866 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4867
4868 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4869 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4870 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4871
4872 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4873 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4874 with stopping and disablement.
4875
4876 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4877 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4878 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4879 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4880 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4881 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4882 some internal systemd services (most notably
4883 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4884 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4885 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4886 this systemd release. See
4887 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4888 additional discussion.
4889
4890 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4891 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4892 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4893 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4894 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4895 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4896 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4897 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4898 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4899 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4900 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4901 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4902 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4903 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4904 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4905 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4906 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4907 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4908 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4909 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4910 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4911 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4912 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4913 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4914 DONG
4915
4916 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4917
4918 CHANGES WITH 244:
4919
4920 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4921 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4922 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4923 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4924
4925 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4926 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4927 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4928 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4929
4930 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4931 units.
4932
4933 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4934 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4935 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4936 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4937 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4938 set the EFI variable.
4939
4940 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4941 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4942 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4943 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4944 and overrides the systemd setting.
4945
4946 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4947 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4948 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4949 effect.)
4950
4951 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4952 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4953 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4954
4955 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4956 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4957
4958 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4959 the unit being shown.
4960
4961 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4962 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4963 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4964 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4965 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4966
4967 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4968 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4969 which need to use them.
4970
4971 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4972 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4973 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4974 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4975 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4976 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4977 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4978 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4979 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4980 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4981
4982 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4983 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4984 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4985 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4986 security tokens that were used previously.
4987
4988 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4989 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4990 improve power saving with many more devices.
4991
4992 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4993 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4994 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4995
4996 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4997 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4998 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4999 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
5000 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
5001
5002 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
5003 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
5004 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
5005 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
5006 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
5007
5008 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
5009 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
5010
5011 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
5012 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
5013
5014 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
5015 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
5016 now supported.
5017
5018 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
5019 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
5020
5021 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
5022 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
5023 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
5024
5025 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
5026 received from the server.
5027
5028 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
5029 set.
5030
5031 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
5032 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
5033
5034 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
5035 using a new SendOption= setting.
5036
5037 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
5038 service type" value used by the client.
5039
5040 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
5041 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
5042
5043 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
5044 a new SendOption= setting.
5045
5046 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
5047 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
5048
5049 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
5050 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
5051
5052 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
5053 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
5054 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
5055
5056 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
5057 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
5058 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
5059 BSSID for wireless links.
5060
5061 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
5062 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
5063
5064 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
5065 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
5066
5067 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
5068 disciplines in the kernel using the new
5069 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
5070 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
5071 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
5072 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
5073
5074 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
5075
5076 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
5077 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
5078 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
5079 on its own).
5080
5081 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
5082 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
5083 of the present time.
5084
5085 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
5086 reproducible image builds easier).
5087
5088 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
5089 Specification.
5090
5091 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
5092 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
5093 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
5094 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
5095
5096 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
5097 is being used.
5098
5099 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
5100
5101 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
5102 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
5103 path as the system manager.
5104
5105 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
5106 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
5107 representation").
5108
5109 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
5110 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
5111 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
5112 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
5113 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
5114 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
5115 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
5116 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
5117
5118 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
5119 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
5120 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
5121 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
5122 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
5123 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
5124 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
5125 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
5126 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
5127 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5128 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
5129 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
5130 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
5131 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
5132 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
5133 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
5134 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
5135 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
5136 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
5137 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
5138 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
5139 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
5140 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5141
5142 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
5143
5144 CHANGES WITH 243:
5145
5146 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
5147 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
5148 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
5149 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
5150 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
5151 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
5152 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
5153 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
5154
5155 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
5156 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
5157 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
5158 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
5159 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
5160 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
5161 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
5162 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
5163 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
5164 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
5165 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
5166 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
5167 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
5168 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
5169 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
5170 documentation.
5171
5172 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
5173 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
5174 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
5175 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
5176 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
5177 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
5178 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
5179 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
5180 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
5181 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
5182 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
5183 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
5184 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
5185 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
5186 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
5187 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
5188
5189 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
5190 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
5191 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
5192 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
5193
5194 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
5195 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
5196
5197 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
5198 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
5199 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
5200 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
5201 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
5202 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
5203 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
5204 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
5205 caught up with the kernel API changes.
5206
5207 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
5208 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
5209 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
5210 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
5211 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
5212 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
5213 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
5214 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
5215 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
5216 packagers.
5217
5218 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
5219 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
5220
5221 build/man/man systemctl
5222 build/man/html systemd.index
5223
5224 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
5225 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
5226
5227 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
5228 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
5229 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
5230 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
5231 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
5232 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
5233
5234 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
5235 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
5236 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
5237 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
5238 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
5239 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
5240 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
5241 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
5242 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
5243 unambiguously distinguished.
5244
5245 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
5246 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
5247 very rarely used.
5248
5249 To replace this functionality, users should:
5250 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
5251 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
5252 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
5253 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
5254 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
5255
5256 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
5257 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
5258 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
5259 interfaces should really be matched.
5260
5261 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
5262 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
5263 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
5264 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
5265 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
5266 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
5267
5268 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
5269 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
5270 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
5271 stop the whole unit.
5272
5273 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
5274 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
5275 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
5276 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
5277 generated whenever a unit stops.
5278
5279 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
5280 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
5281 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
5282 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
5283
5284 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
5285 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
5286 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
5287 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
5288 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
5289
5290 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
5291 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
5292 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
5293 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
5294 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
5295 programs set up externally.
5296
5297 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
5298 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
5299 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
5300 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
5301
5302 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
5303 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
5304 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
5305 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
5306 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
5307 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
5308 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
5309
5310 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
5311 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
5312 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
5313 as before.
5314
5315 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
5316 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
5317 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
5318 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
5319 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
5320 links on terminals that support that.
5321
5322 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
5323 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
5324 unmounted safely during shutdown.
5325
5326 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
5327
5328 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
5329 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
5330 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
5331 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
5332 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
5333 The default remains unchanged.
5334
5335 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
5336 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
5337
5338 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
5339 udev property.
5340
5341 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
5342 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
5343 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
5344
5345 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
5346 interfaces natively.
5347
5348 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
5349 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
5350 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
5351 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
5352
5353 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
5354 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
5355 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
5356 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
5357 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
5358 RELEASE message when terminating.
5359
5360 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
5361 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
5362
5363 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
5364 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
5365 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
5366 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
5367 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
5368 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
5369 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
5370
5371 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
5372 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
5373 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
5374 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
5375 added to the GENEVE support.
5376
5377 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
5378 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
5379 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
5380 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
5381 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
5382
5383 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
5384 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
5385 onto the network device.
5386
5387 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
5388 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
5389 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
5390 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
5391 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
5392
5393 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
5394 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
5395 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
5396
5397 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
5398 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
5399
5400 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
5401 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
5402
5403 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
5404 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
5405 statistics.
5406
5407 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
5408 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
5409 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
5410
5411 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
5412 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
5413
5414 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
5415 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
5416 specific udev properties.
5417
5418 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
5419 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
5420 "lo" as underlying device.
5421
5422 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
5423 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
5424 IP addresses, too.
5425
5426 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
5427 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
5428 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
5429 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
5430
5431 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
5432 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
5433 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
5434 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
5435
5436 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
5437 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
5438 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
5439
5440 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
5441 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
5442 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
5443
5444 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
5445
5446 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
5447 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
5448 does the same for recurring calendar events.
5449
5450 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
5451 durations as opposed to points in time).
5452
5453 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
5454 expressions.
5455
5456 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
5457 codes to their names and back.
5458
5459 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
5460 file paths and unit aliases.
5461
5462 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
5463 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
5464 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
5465 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
5466
5467 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
5468 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
5469 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
5470 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
5471 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
5472 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
5473 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
5474 udev rules for that purpose.
5475
5476 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
5477 a device to be initialized.
5478
5479 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
5480 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
5481 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
5482
5483 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
5484 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
5485 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
5486 with gcc's cleanup extension.
5487
5488 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
5489 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
5490 with printf().
5491
5492 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
5493 XML introspection data unmodified.
5494
5495 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
5496 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
5497 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
5498 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
5499
5500 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
5501 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
5502 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
5503 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
5504 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
5505 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
5506 configured to handle the watchdog.
5507
5508 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
5509 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
5510 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
5511
5512 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
5513 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
5514 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
5515
5516 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
5517 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
5518 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
5519 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
5520 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
5521
5522 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
5523 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
5524 review.
5525
5526 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
5527 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
5528
5529 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
5530 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
5531
5532 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
5533 failures to apply them are now ignored.
5534
5535 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
5536 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
5537 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
5538 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
5539
5540 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
5541 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
5542 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
5543 service.
5544
5545 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
5546 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
5547 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
5548 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
5549 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
5550 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
5551 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
5552 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
5553 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
5554 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
5555 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
5556 a seed was received from the boot loader.
5557
5558 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
5559
5560 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
5561 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
5562 above.
5563
5564 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
5565 installed.
5566
5567 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
5568 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
5569 bootloader entry).
5570
5571 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
5572 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
5573
5574 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
5575
5576 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
5577 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
5578 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
5579 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
5580 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
5581
5582 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
5583 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
5584 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
5585
5586 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
5587 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
5588
5589 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
5590 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
5591 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
5592
5593 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
5594 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
5595 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
5596 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
5597 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
5598 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
5599 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
5600 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
5601 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
5602 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
5603 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
5604 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
5605 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
5606 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5607 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
5608 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
5609 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
5610 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
5611 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5612 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
5613 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
5614 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
5615 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
5616 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
5617 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
5618 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
5619 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
5620 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
5621 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
5622 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
5623
5624 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
5625
5626 CHANGES WITH 242:
5627
5628 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
5629 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
5630 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
5631 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
5632 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
5633 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
5634 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
5635
5636 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
5637 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
5638
5639 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
5640 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
5641 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
5642 may be used to view this.
5643
5644 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
5645 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
5646 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
5647 ```
5648 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
5649 [Match]
5650 Type=bridge
5651
5652 [Link]
5653 MACAddressPolicy=none
5654 ```
5655
5656 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
5657 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
5658 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
5659 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
5660 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
5661 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
5662 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
5663
5664 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
5665 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
5666
5667 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
5668 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
5669
5670 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
5671 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
5672
5673 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
5674 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
5675 is a USB peripheral).
5676
5677 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
5678 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
5679 measured.
5680
5681 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
5682 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
5683 have privileges to do so).
5684
5685 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
5686 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
5687 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
5688
5689 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
5690 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
5691 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
5692 namespace.
5693
5694 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
5695 in which case environment variable substitution is
5696 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
5697
5698 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
5699 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
5700 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
5701 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
5702 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
5703
5704 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
5705 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
5706 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
5707 installed CPU cores.
5708
5709 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
5710 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
5711 kernel 4.15.
5712
5713 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
5714 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
5715 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
5716 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
5717 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
5718
5719 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
5720 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
5721 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
5722
5723 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
5724 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
5725 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
5726 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
5727 enslaved devices is not operational.
5728
5729 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
5730 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
5731
5732 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
5733 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
5734 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
5735 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
5736 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
5737 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
5738
5739 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
5740 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
5741
5742 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
5743
5744 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
5745 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
5746 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
5747
5748 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
5749 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
5750
5751 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
5752 configure CAN triple sampling.
5753
5754 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
5755 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
5756
5757 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
5758 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
5759 details.
5760
5761 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
5762 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
5763 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
5764 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
5765 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
5766 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
5767
5768 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
5769
5770 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
5771 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
5772 controlling project quota inheritance.
5773
5774 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
5775 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
5776 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
5777 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
5778 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
5779 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
5780 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
5781 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
5782 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
5783 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
5784 partition.
5785
5786 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
5787 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
5788 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
5789 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
5790 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
5791
5792 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5793 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5794
5795 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5796 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5797 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5798 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5799 be used in production yet.
5800
5801 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5802 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5803 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5804 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5805 input, output, and error are set up.
5806
5807 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5808
5809 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5810 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5811 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5812
5813 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5814 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5815 the specified expression will elapse next.
5816
5817 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5818 introspection data.
5819
5820 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5821 the reboot() system call expects.
5822
5823 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5824 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5825 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5826
5827 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5828 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5829 ConditionVirtualization=).
5830
5831 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5832 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5833 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5834 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5835 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5836 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5837 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5838 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5839 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5840 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5841 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5842 during reboot with their own operations.
5843
5844 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5845 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5846 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5847 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5848
5849 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5850 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5851 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5852 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5853 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5854
5855 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5856 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5857
5858 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5859 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5860 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5861 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5862 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5863 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5864 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5865 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5866 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5867
5868 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5869 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5870 prohibited.
5871
5872 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5873 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5874 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5875 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5876 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5877 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5878 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5879 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5880
5881 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5882 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5883 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5884 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5885 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5886 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5887 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5888 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5889 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5890 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5891 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5892 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5893 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5894 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5895 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5896 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5897 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5898 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5899
5900 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5901
5902 CHANGES WITH 241:
5903
5904 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5905 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5906 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5907
5908 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5909 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5910 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5911 include the package release information.
5912
5913 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5914 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5915 option.
5916
5917 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5918 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5919 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5920
5921 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5922 again.
5923
5924 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5925 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5926 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5927 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5928 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5929 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5930 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5931 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5932 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5933 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5934 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5935 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5936 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5937
5938 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5939 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5940
5941 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5942 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5943
5944 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5945 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5946 used for side-channel attacks.
5947
5948 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5949 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5950 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5951
5952 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5953 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5954 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5955 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5956 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5957 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5958
5959 fs.protected_regular = 0
5960 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5961
5962 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5963 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5964
5965 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5966 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5967 POSIX shells.
5968
5969 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5970 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5971
5972 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5973 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5974 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5975 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5976 points but otherwise empty.
5977
5978 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5979 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5980 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5981
5982 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5983 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5984
5985 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5986 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5987
5988 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5989 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5990 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5991 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5992 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5993 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5994 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5995 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5996 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5997 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5998 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5999 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
6000 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
6001 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
6002 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
6003 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6004 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
6005
6006 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
6007
6008 CHANGES WITH 240:
6009
6010 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
6011 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
6012 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
6013 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
6014 an SELinux policy update is required.
6015 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
6016
6017 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
6018 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
6019 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
6020 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
6021 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
6022 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
6023 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
6024 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
6025 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
6026 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
6027
6028 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
6029 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
6030 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
6031 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
6032 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
6033 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
6034 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
6035 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
6036 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
6037 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
6038 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
6039 the search path.
6040
6041 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6042 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
6043 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
6044 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
6045 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
6046 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
6047 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
6048 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
6049 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
6050 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
6051 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
6052 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
6053 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
6054 start job.
6055
6056 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
6057 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
6058 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
6059 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
6060 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
6061 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
6062 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
6063 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
6064 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
6065 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
6066
6067 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
6068 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
6069 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
6070 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
6071 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
6072 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
6073 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
6074 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
6075 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
6076 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
6077 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
6078 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
6079 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
6080 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
6081 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
6082 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
6083 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
6084 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
6085 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
6086 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
6087 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
6088 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
6089 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
6090 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
6091 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
6092 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
6093 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
6094 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
6095 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
6096 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
6097 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
6098 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
6099 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
6100 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
6101 Java.)
6102
6103 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
6104 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
6105 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
6106 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
6107 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
6108 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
6109 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
6110 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
6111 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
6112 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
6113
6114 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
6115 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
6116 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
6117 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
6118 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
6119 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
6120
6121 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
6122 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
6123 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
6124 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
6125 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
6126
6127 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
6128 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
6129
6130 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
6131 reverted.
6132
6133 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
6134 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
6135 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
6136
6137 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
6138 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
6139
6140 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
6141 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
6142 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
6143
6144 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
6145 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
6146 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
6147 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
6148 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
6149 latency.
6150
6151 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
6152 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
6153
6154 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
6155 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
6156 instance part of a unit name.
6157
6158 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
6159 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
6160 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
6161 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6162 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
6163 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
6164 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
6165 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
6166 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
6167
6168 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
6169 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
6170 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
6171 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
6172
6173 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
6174 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
6175 to a file, and appending to it.
6176
6177 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
6178 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
6179 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
6180 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
6181 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
6182 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6183
6184 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
6185 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
6186 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
6187 having to touch C code.
6188
6189 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
6190 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6191
6192 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
6193 DNS-over-TLS.
6194
6195 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
6196 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
6197 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
6198
6199 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
6200 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
6201 until the system finished start-up.
6202
6203 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
6204
6205 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
6206 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
6207 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
6208 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
6209 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
6210 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
6211 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
6212
6213 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
6214 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
6215 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
6216 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6217 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
6218 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
6219 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
6220 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
6221 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
6222 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
6223 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
6224 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6225
6226 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
6227 instantiate services.
6228
6229 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
6230 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
6231
6232 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
6233 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
6234 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6235
6236 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
6237 it is neither used nor maintained.
6238
6239 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6240 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
6241 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
6242 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
6243 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
6244 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
6245 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
6246 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
6247 separated by colons.
6248
6249 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
6250 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
6251
6252 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
6253 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
6254
6255 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
6256 "ethtool advertise" commands.
6257
6258 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
6259 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
6260 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
6261 directly.
6262
6263 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
6264 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
6265 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
6266 ID.
6267
6268 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
6269 and generate various 128bit IDs.
6270
6271 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
6272 and LOGO=.
6273
6274 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
6275 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
6276 from any hibernated image.
6277
6278 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
6279 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
6280 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
6281 kernel exports them.
6282
6283 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
6284 /usr/bin/.
6285
6286 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
6287 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
6288 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
6289 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
6290 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
6291 now documented here:
6292
6293 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
6294
6295 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
6296 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
6297 installs during early boot.
6298
6299 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
6300 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
6301
6302 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
6303 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
6304
6305 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
6306 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
6307 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
6308
6309 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
6310 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
6311 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
6312 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
6313 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
6314 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
6315 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
6316 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
6317 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
6318 is on AC power.
6319
6320 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
6321 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
6322 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
6323 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
6324 see:
6325
6326 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
6327
6328 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
6329 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
6330 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
6331 and container environments.
6332
6333 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
6334 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
6335 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
6336 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
6337
6338 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
6339 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
6340 journald per-service.
6341
6342 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
6343 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
6344
6345 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
6346 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
6347 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
6348 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
6349
6350 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
6351 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
6352 groups.
6353
6354 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
6355 --ephemeral command line switch.
6356
6357 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
6358 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
6359 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
6360 object itself.
6361
6362 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
6363 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
6364 not unloaded).
6365
6366 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
6367 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
6368 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
6369
6370 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
6371 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
6372 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
6373 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
6374 "dead" state on success.
6375
6376 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
6377 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
6378 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
6379 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
6380 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
6381 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
6382 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
6383 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
6384 well-defined system service context.
6385
6386 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
6387 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
6388 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
6389 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
6390
6391 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
6392 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
6393 continue to be used.
6394
6395 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
6396 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
6397 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
6398 for example:
6399
6400 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
6401
6402 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
6403 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
6404 the command line's exit code.
6405
6406 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
6407
6408 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
6409
6410 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
6411 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
6412 support to systemctl and all other commands.
6413
6414 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
6415 name as argument.
6416
6417 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
6418 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
6419 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
6420 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
6421 is improved.
6422
6423 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
6424 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
6425 initialize one to all 0xFF.
6426
6427 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
6428 all files and directories listed in
6429 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
6430 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
6431 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
6432 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
6433 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
6434 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
6435 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
6436 the transition to the host OS.
6437
6438 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
6439 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
6440 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
6441 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
6442 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
6443 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
6444 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
6445 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
6446 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
6447 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
6448 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
6449 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
6450 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
6451 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
6452 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
6453 these are opened they don't work.
6454
6455 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
6456 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
6457 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
6458 logic works again.
6459
6460 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
6461 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
6462 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
6463 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
6464 ignore it.
6465
6466 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
6467 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
6468 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
6469 commands.
6470
6471 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
6472 pam_systemd anymore.
6473
6474 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
6475 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
6476 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
6477 policy took effect.
6478
6479 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
6480 python-3.5.
6481
6482 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
6483 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
6484 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
6485 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
6486 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
6487 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
6488 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
6489 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
6490 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
6491 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
6492 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
6493 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
6494 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
6495 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
6496 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
6497 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
6498 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6499 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
6500 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
6501 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
6502 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
6503 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
6504 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
6505 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
6506 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
6507 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
6508 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6509 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
6510 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
6511 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
6512 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
6513 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
6514 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
6515 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
6516 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
6517 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
6518 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
6519 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
6520 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
6521 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
6522 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
6523 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
6524 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
6525 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
6526 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
6527
6528 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
6529
6530 CHANGES WITH 239:
6531
6532 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
6533 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
6534 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
6535 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
6536 a slot number associated.
6537
6538 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
6539 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
6540 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
6541 independent.
6542
6543 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
6544 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
6545 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6546
6547 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
6548 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
6549 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
6550 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6551
6552 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
6553 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
6554 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
6555 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
6556 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
6557 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
6558 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
6559 e.g. NIS.
6560
6561 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
6562 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
6563 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
6564 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
6565 may be necessary to update the file.
6566
6567 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
6568 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
6569 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
6570 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
6571 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
6572 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
6573 documentation.
6574
6575 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
6576 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
6577 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
6578 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
6579 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
6580 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
6581 them.
6582
6583 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
6584 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
6585 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
6586 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
6587 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
6588
6589 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
6590 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
6591 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
6592 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
6593 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
6594 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
6595 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
6596 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
6597
6598 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
6599 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
6600 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
6601 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
6602 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
6603
6604 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
6605 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
6606 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
6607 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
6608 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
6609
6610 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
6611 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
6612 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
6613
6614 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
6615 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
6616 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
6617 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
6618 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
6619 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
6620 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
6621 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
6622 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
6623 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
6624 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
6625 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
6626 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
6627 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
6628 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
6629 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
6630 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
6631 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
6632 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
6633 from.
6634
6635 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
6636 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
6637 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
6638 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
6639
6640 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
6641 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
6642 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
6643 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
6644
6645 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
6646 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
6647 hibernates again.
6648
6649 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
6650 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
6651
6652 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
6653 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
6654 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
6655
6656 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
6657 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
6658 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
6659 was not configurable and set to 512.
6660
6661 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
6662 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
6663 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
6664 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
6665 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
6666 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
6667 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
6668 in particular su and sudo.
6669
6670 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
6671 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
6672 synchronization has been received from the network. This
6673 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
6674 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
6675 services.
6676
6677 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
6678 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
6679 files should work for hibernation now.
6680
6681 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
6682 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
6683 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
6684 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
6685 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
6686 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
6687 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
6688 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
6689 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
6690 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
6691 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
6692 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
6693 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
6694 name following the last dash.
6695
6696 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
6697 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
6698 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
6699 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
6700 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
6701
6702 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
6703 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
6704 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
6705 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
6706 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
6707 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
6708
6709 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
6710 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
6711 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
6712 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
6713
6714 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
6715 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
6716 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
6717 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
6718 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
6719
6720 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
6721 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
6722 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
6723 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
6724 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
6725 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
6726 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
6727 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
6728 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
6729 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
6730 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
6731 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
6732 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
6733
6734 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
6735 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
6736 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
6737 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
6738 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
6739 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
6740 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
6741 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
6742 settings.
6743
6744 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
6745 expiration feature, if it is available.
6746
6747 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
6748 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
6749 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
6750
6751 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
6752 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
6753
6754 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
6755
6756 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
6757 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
6758
6759 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
6760 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
6761 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
6762 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
6763 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
6764 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
6765 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
6766 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
6767 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
6768 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
6769 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
6770
6771 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
6772 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
6773 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
6774 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
6775
6776 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
6777 about its state.
6778
6779 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
6780 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
6781 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
6782 "timedatectl set-ntp".
6783
6784 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
6785 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
6786 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
6787 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
6788 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
6789 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
6790 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
6791 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6792 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6793 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6794 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6795
6796 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6797 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6798
6799 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6800 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6801 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6802 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6803 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6804 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6805
6806 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6807 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6808 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6809 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6810 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6811 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6812 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6813
6814 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6815 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6816 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6817 shown.)
6818
6819 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6820 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6821 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6822 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6823 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6824 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6825 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6826 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6827 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6828
6829 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6830 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6831 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6832
6833 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6834 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6835 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6836 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6837 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6838 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6839 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6840 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6841
6842 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6843
6844 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6845 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6846 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6847
6848 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6849 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6850
6851 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6852 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6853 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6854
6855 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6856
6857 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6858
6859 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6860 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6861
6862 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6863 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6864 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6865 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6866 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6867 external user databases.
6868
6869 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6870 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6871 refused due to the enforced limits.
6872
6873 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6874 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6875 manages.
6876
6877 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6878 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6879 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6880 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6881 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6882 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6883 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6884 where this is now used by default.
6885
6886 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6887 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6888
6889 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6890 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6891 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6892 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6893 update process in a generic way.
6894
6895 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6896
6897 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6898 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6899 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6900 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6901 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6902 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6903 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6904 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6905 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6906 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6907 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6908 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6909 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6910 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6911 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6912 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6913 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6914 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6915 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6916 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6917 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6918 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6919 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6920 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6921 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6922 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6923 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6924 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6925 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6926
6927 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6928
6929 CHANGES WITH 238:
6930
6931 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6932 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6933 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6934 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6935 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6936 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6937 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6938 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6939 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6940 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6941 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6942 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6943 to revert this change.
6944
6945 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6946 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6947 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6948 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6949 once at the end of the transaction.
6950
6951 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6952 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6953 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6954 scripts.
6955
6956 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6957 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6958 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6959 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6960 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6961 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6962 still allowing local admin overrides.
6963
6964 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6965 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6966 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6967
6968 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6969 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6970 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6971 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6972 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6973
6974 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6975 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6976 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6977 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6978 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6979 from package installation scripts.
6980
6981 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6982 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6983 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6984
6985 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6986 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6987
6988 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6989 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6990 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6991
6992 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6993 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6994 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6995 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6996
6997 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6998 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6999 which are triggered meanwhile).
7000
7001 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
7002 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
7003 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
7004 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
7005 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
7006
7007 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
7008 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
7009 rotated very quickly.
7010
7011 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
7012 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
7013 pending bus messages.
7014
7015 * systemd gained a new
7016 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
7017 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
7018 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
7019 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
7020 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
7021 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
7022 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
7023 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
7024 session scope.
7025
7026 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
7027 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
7028 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
7029 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
7030 the tree to be accessed.
7031
7032 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
7033 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
7034 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
7035
7036 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
7037 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
7038 to keys in the main keyring.
7039
7040 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
7041
7042 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
7043 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
7044
7045 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
7046
7047 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
7048 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
7049 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
7050 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
7051 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
7052 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
7053 explicitly.
7054
7055 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
7056 the colour of "OK" status messages.
7057
7058 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
7059 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
7060 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
7061 be restarted.
7062
7063 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
7064 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
7065
7066 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
7067 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
7068 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
7069 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
7070 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
7071 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
7072 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
7073 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7074 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
7075 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
7076 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
7077 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
7078 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7079 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7080 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
7081 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
7082
7083 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
7084
7085 CHANGES WITH 237:
7086
7087 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
7088 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
7089 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
7090 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
7091
7092 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
7093 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
7094 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
7095 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
7096 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
7097 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
7098 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
7099 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
7100 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
7101 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
7102
7103 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
7104 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
7105 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
7106 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
7107 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
7108 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
7109 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
7110 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
7111 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
7112 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
7113
7114 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
7115 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
7116 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
7117 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
7118 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
7119 now provides explicit control.
7120
7121 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
7122 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
7123 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
7124 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
7125 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
7126 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
7127 unit types that already supported transient operation.
7128
7129 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
7130 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
7131 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
7132
7133 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
7134 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
7135
7136 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
7137 .network files all gained support for a new condition
7138 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
7139 versions.
7140
7141 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
7142 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
7143 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
7144 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
7145 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
7146 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
7147 understands RapidCommit=.
7148
7149 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
7150 Delegation.
7151
7152 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
7153 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
7154 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
7155 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
7156 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
7157 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
7158 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
7159 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
7160 --watch-bind= command line switch.
7161
7162 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
7163 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
7164 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
7165 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
7166 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
7167 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
7168 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
7169 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
7170 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
7171 "Disconnected" signals).
7172
7173 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
7174 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
7175 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
7176 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
7177 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
7178 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
7179 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
7180 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
7181 round-trips are removed.
7182
7183 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
7184 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
7185 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
7186 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
7187
7188 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
7189 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
7190 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
7191 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
7192 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
7193 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
7194
7195 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
7196 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
7197 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
7198 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
7199 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
7200 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
7201 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
7202 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
7203 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
7204 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
7205
7206 * sd-event gained a new call pair
7207 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
7208 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
7209 when the event source is destroyed.
7210
7211 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
7212 connections.
7213
7214 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
7215 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
7216 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
7217 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
7218 new transitional flag file has been added: if
7219 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
7220 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
7221
7222 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
7223 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
7224 manager.
7225
7226 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
7227 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
7228 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
7229 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
7230 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
7231
7232 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
7233 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
7234 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
7235 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
7236 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
7237 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
7238
7239 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
7240 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
7241 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
7242 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
7243 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
7244 level/target is given as an argument.
7245
7246 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
7247 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
7248 where UID and GID do not match.
7249
7250 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
7251 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
7252 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
7253 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
7254 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7255 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
7256 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
7257 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
7258 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
7259 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
7260 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
7261 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
7262 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7263 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
7264 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
7265 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
7266 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
7267 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
7268 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
7269 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
7270 Палаузов
7271
7272 — Brno, 2018-01-28
7273
7274 CHANGES WITH 236:
7275
7276 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
7277 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7278 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
7279 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
7280
7281 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
7282 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
7283 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
7284 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
7285 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
7286 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
7287 valid specifiers today.)
7288
7289 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
7290 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
7291 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
7292 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
7293 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
7294 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
7295
7296 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
7297 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
7298 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
7299 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
7300
7301 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
7302 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
7303 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
7304 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
7305 services are resolved properly.
7306
7307 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
7308 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
7309 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
7310 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
7311 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
7312 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
7313 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
7314 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
7315 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
7316 and btrfs.
7317
7318 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
7319 DNS server and domain information.
7320
7321 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
7322 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
7323 runtime.
7324
7325 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
7326 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
7327 empty for the first time.
7328
7329 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
7330 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
7331 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
7332 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
7333 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
7334 running in the user session.
7335
7336 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
7337 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
7338 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
7339 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
7340 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
7341 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
7342 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
7343 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
7344 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
7345 user instance).
7346
7347 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
7348 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
7349
7350 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
7351 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
7352 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
7353 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
7354
7355 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
7356 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
7357
7358 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
7359 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
7360 sleep verbs.
7361
7362 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
7363
7364 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
7365 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
7366
7367 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
7368
7369 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
7370 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
7371 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
7372
7373 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
7374 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
7375 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
7376 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
7377 instance.
7378
7379 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
7380 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
7381 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
7382
7383 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
7384 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
7385 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
7386
7387 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
7388
7389 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
7390 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
7391 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
7392 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
7393 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
7394 processes.
7395
7396 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
7397 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
7398 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
7399 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
7400
7401 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
7402 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
7403 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
7404
7405 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
7406 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
7407 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
7408 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
7409 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
7410
7411 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
7412 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
7413
7414 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
7415 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
7416 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
7417 time the specified expression would elapse.
7418
7419 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
7420 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
7421 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
7422 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
7423 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
7424 types, not just services.
7425
7426 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
7427 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
7428 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
7429 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
7430
7431 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
7432 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
7433 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
7434 interface for this purpose.
7435
7436 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
7437 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
7438 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
7439 anyway.
7440
7441 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
7442 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
7443 requirements of systemd.
7444
7445 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
7446 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
7447 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
7448
7449 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
7450 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
7451 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
7452 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
7453
7454 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
7455 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
7456 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
7457 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
7458
7459 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
7460 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
7461
7462 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
7463 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
7464 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
7465 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
7466 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
7467 managing software supports (such as pppd).
7468
7469 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
7470 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
7471 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
7472
7473 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
7474 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
7475 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
7476 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
7477 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
7478 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
7479 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
7480 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
7481 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
7482 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
7483 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
7484 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
7485 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
7486 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
7487 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
7488 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
7489 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
7490 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7491 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
7492 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
7493 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
7494 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7495 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7496
7497 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
7498
7499 CHANGES WITH 235:
7500
7501 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
7502 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
7503 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
7504 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
7505 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
7506 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
7507 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
7508 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
7509 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
7510 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
7511 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
7512 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
7513 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
7514 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
7515 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
7516 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
7517 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
7518 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
7519 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
7520 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
7521 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
7522 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
7523 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
7524 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
7525 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
7526 IPAddressDeny= see below.
7527
7528 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
7529 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7530 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
7531 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
7532 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
7533 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
7534 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
7535 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
7536
7537 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
7538 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
7539 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
7540 used to change those values.
7541
7542 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
7543 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
7544 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
7545 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
7546 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
7547 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
7548
7549 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
7550 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
7551 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
7552 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
7553
7554 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
7555 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
7556 one top-level directory.
7557
7558 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7559 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
7560 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
7561 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
7562 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
7563 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
7564 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
7565 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
7566 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
7567 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
7568 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
7569 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
7570 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
7571 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
7572 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
7573
7574 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
7575 Meson-only.
7576
7577 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
7578 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
7579 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
7580 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
7581 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
7582 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
7583 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
7584 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
7585 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
7586 acceptable to us.
7587
7588 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
7589 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
7590 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
7591 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
7592 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
7593 requested at build time.
7594
7595 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
7596 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
7597 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
7598 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
7599 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
7600 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
7601 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
7602 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
7603 Type= setting which permits configuring
7604 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
7605
7606 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
7607 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
7608 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
7609 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
7610 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
7611 local frames between bridge ports.
7612
7613 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
7614 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
7615 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
7616
7617 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
7618 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
7619
7620 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
7621 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
7622 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
7623 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
7624
7625 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
7626 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
7627 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
7628 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
7629 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
7630 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
7631 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
7632 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
7633
7634 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
7635 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
7636 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
7637 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
7638 command.)
7639
7640 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
7641 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
7642 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
7643
7644 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
7645 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
7646 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
7647 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
7648
7649 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
7650 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
7651 configured, except for the credentials applied by
7652 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
7653 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
7654 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
7655 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
7656 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
7657 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
7658 on systems where this is not supported.
7659
7660 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
7661 sockets.
7662
7663 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
7664 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
7665 during runtime.
7666
7667 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
7668 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
7669 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
7670
7671 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
7672 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
7673 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
7674
7675 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
7676 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
7677 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
7678 Following this logic, two new special targets
7679 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
7680 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
7681 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
7682
7683 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
7684 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
7685 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
7686 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
7687
7688 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
7689 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
7690 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
7691 --wait".
7692
7693 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
7694 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
7695 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
7696 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
7697 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
7698 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
7699 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
7700 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
7701 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
7702
7703 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
7704 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
7705 containing information about the consumed resources of this
7706 invocation.
7707
7708 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
7709 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
7710 processes.
7711
7712 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
7713 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
7714 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
7715 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
7716 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
7717 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
7718 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
7719 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
7720 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
7721 systems for all five operations.
7722
7723 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
7724 the system.
7725
7726 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
7727 than UTC or the local timezone.
7728
7729 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
7730 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
7731 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
7732 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
7733 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
7734 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
7735 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
7736 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
7737
7738 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
7739 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
7740 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
7741 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
7742 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
7743 again.
7744
7745 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
7746 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
7747 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
7748
7749 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
7750 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
7751 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
7752 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
7753 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
7754 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
7755 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7756 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
7757 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
7758 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
7759 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
7760 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
7761 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
7762 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
7763 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
7764 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
7765 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
7766 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
7767 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
7768 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7769
7770 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
7771
7772 CHANGES WITH 234:
7773
7774 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
7775 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7776 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
7777 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
7778 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
7779 summary:
7780
7781 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
7782
7783 becomes:
7784
7785 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
7786
7787 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
7788 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
7789 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
7790 .device units.
7791
7792 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7793 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7794 running a systemd user instance.
7795
7796 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7797 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7798 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7799 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7800 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7801 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7802
7803 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7804
7805 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7806 (domain search list).
7807
7808 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7809 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7810 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7811 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7812 implementation of RA.
7813
7814 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7815 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7816 ISO date values.
7817
7818 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7819 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7820 devices.
7821
7822 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7823 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7824 option.
7825
7826 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7827 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7828 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7829 default yet.
7830
7831 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7832 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7833 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7834 SHA256SUMS files.
7835
7836 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7837 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7838
7839 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7840
7841 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7842
7843 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7844 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7845
7846 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7847 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7848 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7849 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7850
7851 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7852 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7853 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7854 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7855 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7856 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7857 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7858 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7859 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7860 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7861
7862 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7863 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7864 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7865 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7866 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7867 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7868 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7869 after all the plugins exit.
7870
7871 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7872 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7873 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7874 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7875 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7876 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7877 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7878 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7879
7880 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7881 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7882 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7883 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7884 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7885 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7886 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7887 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7888 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7889 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7890 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7891 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7892 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7893 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7894 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7895 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7896 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7897 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7898 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7899 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7900 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7901 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7902 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7903 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7904 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7905 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7906 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7907 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7908 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7909 Георгиевски
7910
7911 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7912
7913 CHANGES WITH 233:
7914
7915 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7916 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7917 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7918 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7919 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7920 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7921 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7922 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7923 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7924
7925 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7926 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7927 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7928 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7929 default selected on the configure command line
7930 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7931 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7932 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7933 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7934 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7935 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7936 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7937 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7938 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7939 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7940
7941 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7942 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7943 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7944 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7945 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7946 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7947 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7948 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7949 further details about this.)
7950
7951 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7952 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7953 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7954
7955 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7956 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7957
7958 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7959 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7960 with 'make install-tests'.
7961
7962 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7963 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7964 kernel.
7965
7966 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7967 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7968 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7969 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7970 by the Slice= option.
7971
7972 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7973 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7974 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7975 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7976
7977 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7978 following choices:
7979
7980 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7981 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7982 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7983 (h)elp
7984 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7985 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7986 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7987 (y)es, execute the command
7988
7989 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7990 because its meaning was confusing.
7991
7992 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7993 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7994
7995 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7996 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7997 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7998
7999 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
8000 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
8001 state directly, without executing these commands.
8002
8003 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
8004 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
8005 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
8006
8007 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
8008 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
8009 combination with After=) have been started.
8010
8011 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
8012 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
8013 setting, and which system calls they contain.
8014
8015 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
8016 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
8017 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
8018 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
8019 configuration related calls.
8020
8021 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
8022 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
8023 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
8024 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
8025 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
8026 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
8027 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
8028
8029 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
8030 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
8031
8032 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
8033 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
8034 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
8035
8036 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
8037 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
8038
8039 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
8040 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
8041 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
8042 for compatibility.
8043
8044 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
8045 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
8046
8047 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
8048 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
8049
8050 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
8051 support for negative matching.
8052
8053 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
8054
8055 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
8056 permitted runtime of the mount command.
8057
8058 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
8059 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
8060 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
8061 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
8062 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
8063 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
8064 removed from the drive.
8065
8066 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
8067 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
8068
8069 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
8070 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
8071
8072 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
8073 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
8074 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
8075
8076 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
8077 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
8078 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
8079 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
8080 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
8081 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
8082 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
8083
8084 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
8085 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
8086 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
8087 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
8088 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
8089 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
8090
8091 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
8092 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
8093
8094 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
8095 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
8096 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
8097 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
8098 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
8099 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
8100 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
8101 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
8102
8103 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
8104 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
8105 including all control processes.
8106
8107 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
8108 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
8109 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
8110
8111 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8112 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
8113 prefixing the source path with "+".
8114
8115 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8116 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
8117 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
8118 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
8119 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
8120 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
8121 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
8122 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
8123
8124 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
8125 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
8126 before).
8127
8128 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
8129 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
8130 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
8131 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
8132 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
8133 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
8134 the new --root-hash= command line option).
8135
8136 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
8137 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
8138 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
8139 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
8140 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
8141 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
8142 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
8143 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
8144 versions.
8145
8146 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
8147 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
8148 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
8149 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
8150 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
8151 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
8152 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
8153 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
8154 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
8155 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
8156 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
8157 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
8158 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
8159 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
8160 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
8161 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
8162 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
8163 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
8164 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
8165 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
8166 a Verity-enabled root partition.
8167
8168 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
8169 accelerometer quirks.
8170
8171 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
8172 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
8173 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
8174 ID of each service.
8175
8176 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
8177 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
8178 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
8179 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
8180 view.
8181
8182 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
8183 environment variables:
8184
8185 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
8186
8187 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
8188 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
8189 address.
8190
8191 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
8192 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
8193 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
8194
8195 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
8196 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
8197 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
8198 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
8199 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
8200 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
8201 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
8202 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
8203 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
8204 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
8205 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
8206 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
8207 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
8208
8209 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
8210 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
8211 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
8212
8213 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
8214 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
8215
8216 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
8217 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
8218 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
8219 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
8220 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
8221
8222 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
8223 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
8224 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
8225
8226 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
8227 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
8228
8229 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
8230 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
8231 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
8232 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
8233
8234 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
8235 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
8236 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
8237 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
8238 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
8239 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
8240 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
8241 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
8242 possibly even including full integrity data.
8243
8244 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
8245 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
8246 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
8247 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
8248 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
8249
8250 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
8251 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
8252 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
8253 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
8254 directly with systemd-nspawn.
8255
8256 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
8257 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
8258 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
8259 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
8260
8261 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
8262 of coredumps in reverse order.
8263
8264 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
8265 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
8266 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
8267 additional informational message in its output.
8268
8269 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
8270 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
8271 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
8272
8273 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
8274 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
8275 scripting languages such as Python.
8276
8277 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
8278 namespacing is enabled for them.
8279
8280 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
8281 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
8282 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
8283 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
8284 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
8285 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
8286
8287 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
8288 root key (KSK).
8289
8290 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
8291 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
8292 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
8293
8294 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
8295 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
8296 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
8297 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
8298 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
8299 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
8300 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
8301 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
8302 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
8303 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
8304 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
8305 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
8306 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
8307 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
8308 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
8309 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
8310 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
8311 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
8312 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
8313 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
8314 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
8315 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
8316 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
8317 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
8318 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
8319 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
8320 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
8321 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
8322 Тихонов
8323
8324 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
8325
8326 CHANGES WITH 232:
8327
8328 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
8329 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
8330 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
8331 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
8332 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
8333 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
8334
8335 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
8336 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
8337
8338 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
8339 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
8340 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
8341
8342 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
8343 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
8344 to be remounted read-only for a service.
8345
8346 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
8347 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
8348 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
8349 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
8350
8351 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
8352 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
8353
8354 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
8355 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
8356 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
8357
8358 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
8359 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
8360 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
8361 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
8362 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
8363 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
8364 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
8365 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
8366 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
8367 permanent modifications to the system.
8368
8369 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
8370 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
8371 container or chroot environments.
8372
8373 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
8374 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
8375 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
8376 mapped to nobody.
8377
8378 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
8379 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
8380 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
8381 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
8382
8383 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
8384 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
8385
8386 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
8387 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
8388 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
8389 and the support is provisional.
8390
8391 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
8392 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
8393 unit files in the file system).
8394
8395 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
8396 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
8397 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
8398 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
8399 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
8400 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
8401 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
8402 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
8403 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
8404 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
8405 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
8406 state is fixed automatically.
8407
8408 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
8409 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
8410 option.
8411
8412 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
8413 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
8414 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
8415 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
8416 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
8417 else.
8418
8419 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
8420 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
8421 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
8422 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
8423 bootable on physical systems.
8424
8425 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
8426
8427 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
8428 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
8429 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
8430 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
8431 used.
8432
8433 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
8434 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
8435 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
8436 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
8437
8438 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
8439
8440 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
8441 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
8442 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
8443 of the container).
8444
8445 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
8446 files from the specified location.
8447
8448 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
8449 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
8450 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
8451 be active.
8452
8453 * The hardware database has been extended to support
8454 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
8455 trackball devices.
8456
8457 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
8458 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
8459 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
8460
8461 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
8462 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
8463 specified service binary exited.)
8464
8465 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
8466 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
8467
8468 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
8469 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
8470 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
8471 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
8472 --since= and --until= options.
8473
8474 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
8475 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
8476 are automatically propagated to the container.
8477
8478 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
8479 from a single IP address can be limited with
8480 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
8481 MaxConnections=.
8482
8483 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
8484 configuration.
8485
8486 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
8487 drop-ins.
8488
8489 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
8490 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
8491 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
8492 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
8493 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
8494 [Link] section of .link files.
8495
8496 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
8497 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
8498 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
8499 section of .netdev files.
8500
8501 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
8502 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
8503 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
8504
8505 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
8506 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
8507 .network files.
8508
8509 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
8510 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
8511 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
8512 service runtime cycle.
8513
8514 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
8515 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
8516 has been traditionally doing.
8517
8518 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
8519 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
8520 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
8521 prevent any later plugins from running.
8522
8523 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
8524 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
8525 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
8526 default of SplitMode=uid.
8527
8528 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
8529 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
8530 useful.
8531
8532 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
8533 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
8534 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
8535 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
8536 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
8537 individual namespaces.
8538
8539 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
8540 the output, as well as OS release information.
8541
8542 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
8543
8544 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
8545 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
8546 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
8547 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
8548 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
8549
8550 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
8551 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
8552 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
8553 severed.
8554
8555 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
8556 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
8557 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
8558 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
8559 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
8560 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
8561 information about exit statuses and results.
8562
8563 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
8564 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
8565 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
8566 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
8567 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
8568 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
8569
8570 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
8571
8572 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
8573 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
8574 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
8575 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
8576 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
8577 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
8578 entirely.
8579
8580 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
8581 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
8582 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
8583
8584 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
8585 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
8586 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
8587 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
8588 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
8589 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
8590 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
8591 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
8592 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
8593 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
8594 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
8595 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
8596 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
8597 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
8598 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
8599 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
8600 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
8601
8602 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
8603 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
8604 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
8605 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
8606
8607 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
8608 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
8609 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
8610 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
8611
8612 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
8613 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
8614 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
8615 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
8616 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
8617 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
8618 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
8619 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
8620 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
8621 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
8622 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
8623 fragment entirely.)
8624
8625 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
8626 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
8627 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
8628
8629 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
8630 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
8631 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
8632 FileDescriptorName= setting.
8633
8634 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
8635 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
8636 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
8637 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
8638 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
8639 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
8640
8641 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
8642 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
8643
8644 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
8645 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
8646
8647 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
8648 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
8649 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
8650 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
8651 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
8652
8653 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
8654 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
8655 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
8656 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8657 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
8658 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
8659 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
8660 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
8661 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
8662 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
8663 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
8664 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
8665 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
8666 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
8667 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8668 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
8669 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
8670 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
8671 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
8672 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
8673 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
8674 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
8675 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
8676 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
8677 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8678 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8679
8680 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
8681
8682 CHANGES WITH 231:
8683
8684 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
8685 with an additional special character as first argument of the
8686 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
8687 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
8688 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
8689 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
8690 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
8691 independently.
8692
8693 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
8694 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
8695
8696 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
8697 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
8698 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
8699 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
8700 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
8701 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
8702 values.
8703
8704 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
8705 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
8706 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
8707 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
8708 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
8709
8710 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
8711 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
8712 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
8713 7:10am every day.
8714
8715 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
8716 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
8717 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
8718 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
8719 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
8720 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
8721 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
8722 available for compatibility.
8723
8724 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
8725 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
8726 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
8727 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
8728 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
8729 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
8730
8731 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
8732 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
8733 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
8734 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
8735 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
8736 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
8737 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
8738 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
8739 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
8740
8741 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
8742 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
8743 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
8744 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
8745 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
8746 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
8747 desired options.
8748
8749 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
8750 cgroup v2.
8751
8752 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
8753 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
8754 limited to subgroups of that group.
8755
8756 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
8757 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
8758 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
8759 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
8760 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
8761 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
8762 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
8763 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
8764
8765 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
8766 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
8767 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
8768 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
8769 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
8770 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
8771 own long-running services.
8772
8773 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
8774 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
8775 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
8776 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
8777
8778 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
8779 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
8780 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
8781 propagates this notification further to the service manager
8782 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
8783 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
8784 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
8785 primitives.
8786
8787 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
8788 "terminate".
8789
8790 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
8791 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8792
8793 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8794 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8795 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8796 --flush-caches".
8797
8798 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8799 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8800 is shown.
8801
8802 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8803 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8804 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8805 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8806 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8807 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8808
8809 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8810 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8811 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8812 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8813 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8814 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8815 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8816 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8817 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8818 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8819 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8820 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8821 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8822 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8823 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8824 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8825 bus API instead.
8826
8827 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8828 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8829 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8830 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8831
8832 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8833 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8834 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8835 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8836
8837 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8838 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8839 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8840
8841 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8842 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8843
8844 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8845 interface configuration.
8846
8847 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8848 specifying the --force switch.
8849
8850 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8851 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8852 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8853
8854 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8855 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8856 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8857 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8858 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8859 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8860 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8861 to be handled.
8862
8863 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8864 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8865
8866 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8867 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8868
8869 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8870 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8871 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8872
8873 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8874 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8875
8876 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8877 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8878 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8879 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8880 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8881 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8882 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8883 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8884 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8885 library.
8886
8887 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8888 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8889 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8890 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8891 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8892 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8893 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8894 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8895 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8896 doc/HACKING for details.
8897
8898 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8899 distribution's bugtracker.
8900
8901 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8902 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8903 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8904 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8905 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8906 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8907 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8908 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8909 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8910 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8911 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8912 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8913 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8914 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8915 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8916 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8917 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8918 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8919 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8920
8921 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8922
8923 CHANGES WITH 230:
8924
8925 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8926 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8927 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8928 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8929 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8930 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8931 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8932 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8933 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8934 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8935 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8936 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8937 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8938 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8939 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8940 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8941 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8942 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8943 applications.)
8944
8945 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8946 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8947 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8948
8949 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8950 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8951 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8952 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8953 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8954 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8955 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8956
8957 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8958 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8959 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8960 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8961 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8962 command works for tmux.
8963
8964 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8965 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8966 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8967 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8968 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8969 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8970
8971 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8972 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8973
8974 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8975 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8976 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8977
8978 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8979
8980 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8981 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8982 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8983 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8984 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8985
8986 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8987 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8988 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8989 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8990
8991 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8992 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8993 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8994 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8995 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8996 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8997
8998 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8999 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
9000 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
9001
9002 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
9003 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
9004 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
9005 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
9006 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
9007 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
9008
9009 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
9010 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
9011 address.
9012
9013 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
9014 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
9015 should be emitted.
9016
9017 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
9018 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
9019 supported.
9020
9021 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
9022 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
9023 logging performance.
9024
9025 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9026 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
9027 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
9028 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
9029 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
9030 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
9031
9032 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
9033 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
9034 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
9035 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
9036
9037 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
9038 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
9039
9040 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
9041 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
9042 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
9043
9044 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
9045
9046 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
9047 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
9048 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
9049 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
9050
9051 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
9052 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
9053 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
9054 refuse to operate on such files.
9055
9056 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
9057 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
9058 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
9059
9060 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
9061 just hidden container images.
9062
9063 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
9064 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
9065
9066 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
9067 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
9068 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
9069 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
9070 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
9071 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
9072 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
9073 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
9074 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
9075 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
9076 been changed to use this functionality by default.
9077
9078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
9079 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
9080 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
9081 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
9082 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
9083 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
9084 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
9085 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
9086 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
9087 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
9088 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
9089 terminates.
9090
9091 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
9092 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
9093 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
9094 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
9095
9096 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
9097 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
9098 rate of the socket unit.
9099
9100 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
9101 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
9102 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
9103 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
9104 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
9105
9106 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
9107 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
9108 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
9109 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
9110 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
9111 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
9112 with this.
9113
9114 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
9115 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
9116
9117 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
9118 merged into the kernel in its current form.
9119
9120 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
9121 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
9122 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
9123 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
9124 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
9125
9126 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
9127 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
9128 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
9129
9130 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
9131 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
9132 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
9133 target is now included in early userspace.
9134
9135 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
9136 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
9137 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
9138 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
9139 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
9140 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
9141 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
9142 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
9143 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
9144 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
9145 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
9146 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
9147 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
9148 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
9149 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
9150 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
9151 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
9152 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
9153 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
9154 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9155 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
9156 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
9157 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
9158 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
9159 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9160 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9161
9162 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
9163
9164 CHANGES WITH 229:
9165
9166 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
9167 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
9168 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
9169 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
9170 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
9171 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
9172 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
9173 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
9174 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
9175 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
9176 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
9177 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
9178 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
9179
9180 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
9181 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
9182 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
9183 /usr/bin.
9184
9185 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
9186 devices.
9187
9188 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
9189 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
9190 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
9191 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
9192 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
9193 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
9194 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
9195 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
9196 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
9197 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
9198 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
9199 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
9200 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
9201 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
9202 this limit.
9203
9204 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
9205 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
9206 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
9207 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
9208 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
9209 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
9210 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
9211 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
9212
9213 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
9214 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
9215 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
9216 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
9217 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
9218 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
9219 and group at package installation time.
9220
9221 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
9222 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
9223 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
9224 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
9225 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
9226
9227 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
9228 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
9229 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
9230 supports it.
9231
9232 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
9233 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
9234
9235 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
9236 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
9237 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
9238 file is already initialized.
9239
9240 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
9241 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
9242 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
9243 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
9244 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
9245 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
9246 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
9247 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
9248 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
9249
9250 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
9251 working directory for the process started in the container.
9252
9253 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
9254 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
9255 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
9256 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
9257 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
9258
9259 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9260 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
9261 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
9262
9263 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
9264 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
9265 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
9266 sd_journal_restart_fields().
9267
9268 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
9269 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
9270 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
9271 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
9272 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
9273
9274 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
9275 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
9276 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
9277 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
9278
9279 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
9280 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
9281 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
9282 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
9283 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
9284 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
9285 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
9286 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
9287 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
9288 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
9289 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
9290 by PID 1.
9291
9292 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
9293 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
9294 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
9295 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
9296 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
9297 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
9298 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
9299 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
9300
9301 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
9302
9303 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
9304 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
9305 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
9306
9307 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
9308 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
9309 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
9310 recent kernels.
9311
9312 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
9313 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
9314
9315 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
9316 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
9317 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
9318 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
9319 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
9320 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
9321 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
9322 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
9323 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
9324 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
9325 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
9326 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
9327 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
9328
9329 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
9330 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
9331 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
9332 clusters or larger setups.
9333
9334 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
9335
9336 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
9337 sockets.
9338
9339 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
9340
9341 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
9342 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
9343 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
9344 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
9345 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
9346 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
9347
9348 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
9349 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
9350 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
9351
9352 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
9353 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
9354 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
9355 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
9356
9357 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
9358
9359 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
9360 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
9361 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
9362 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
9363 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
9364 maintain compatibility.
9365
9366 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
9367 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
9368 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
9369 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
9370 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
9371 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
9372 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
9373 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
9374 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
9375 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
9376 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
9377 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9378 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
9379 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
9380 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
9381 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
9382 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9383 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
9384 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9385
9386 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
9387
9388 CHANGES WITH 228:
9389
9390 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
9391 files are now also available as properties to set when
9392 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
9393 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
9394 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
9395 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
9396 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9397 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
9398 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
9399
9400 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
9401 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
9402 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
9403
9404 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
9405 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
9406 created transiently.
9407
9408 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
9409 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
9410 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
9411 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
9412 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
9413 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
9414 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
9415 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
9416
9417 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
9418 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
9419 disk and sync the files, before returning.
9420
9421 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
9422 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
9423 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
9424 enabled.
9425
9426 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
9427 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
9428 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
9429 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
9430 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
9431 subvolumes.
9432
9433 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
9434 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
9435
9436 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
9437 individual indexes.
9438
9439 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
9440 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
9441 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
9442 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
9443 now.
9444
9445 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
9446 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
9447 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
9448 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
9449 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
9450 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
9451 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
9452 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
9453 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
9454 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
9455 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
9456 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
9457 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
9458 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
9459 number of processes or tasks each user may own
9460 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
9461 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
9462 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
9463 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
9464 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
9465 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
9466
9467 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
9468 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
9469 links between the host and the container.
9470
9471 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
9472 added that allows importing select environment variables
9473 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
9474 the service.
9475
9476 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
9477 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
9478 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
9479 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
9480 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
9481 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
9482 than until they first elapse.
9483
9484 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
9485 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
9486 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
9487 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
9488 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
9489 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
9490 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
9491 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
9492
9493 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
9494 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
9495 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
9496 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
9497 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
9498 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
9499 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
9500 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
9501 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
9502 journal and in coredump handling.
9503
9504 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
9505 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
9506 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
9507 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
9508 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
9509 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
9510 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
9511 software you package still references it, as this is a
9512 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
9513 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
9514
9515 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
9516
9517 Note that only util-linux versions built with
9518 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
9519
9520 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
9521 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
9522 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
9523
9524 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
9525 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
9526 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
9527 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
9528 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
9529 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
9530 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
9531 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
9532 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
9533 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
9534 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
9535 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
9536 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
9537 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
9538 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
9539 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
9540
9541 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
9542 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
9543 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
9544 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
9545 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
9546 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
9547 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
9548 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
9549 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
9550 surprises.
9551
9552 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
9553 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
9554 to the various user database fields of the user that the
9555 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
9556 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
9557 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
9558 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
9559 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
9560 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
9561 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
9562 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
9563 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
9564 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
9565 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
9566 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
9567 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
9568 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
9569 of PID 1 is the root user).
9570
9571 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
9572 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
9573 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9574 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
9575 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9576 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
9577 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9578 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
9579 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9580 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
9581 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
9582 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
9583 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9584 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
9585 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9586
9587 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
9588
9589 CHANGES WITH 227:
9590
9591 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
9592 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
9593 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
9594
9595 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
9596 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
9597 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
9598 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
9599 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
9600 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
9601
9602 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
9603 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
9604 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
9605 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
9606 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
9607
9608 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
9609 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
9610 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
9611 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
9612 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
9613 packets on unestablished sockets.
9614
9615 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
9616 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
9617 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
9618 automatically.
9619
9620 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
9621 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
9622 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
9623
9624 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
9625 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
9626 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
9627 for disk IO.
9628
9629 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
9630 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
9631 removed.
9632
9633 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
9634 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
9635 directory is set to the home directory of the user
9636 configured in User=.
9637
9638 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
9639 directory of the selected user by default.
9640
9641 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
9642 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
9643 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
9644 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
9645 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
9646 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
9647 compat reasons.
9648
9649 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
9650 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
9651 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
9652 units.
9653
9654 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
9655 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
9656 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
9657 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
9658 level.
9659
9660 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
9661 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
9662 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
9663 namespaces work correctly.
9664
9665 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
9666 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
9667 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
9668 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
9669 activation.
9670
9671 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
9672 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
9673 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
9674 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
9675 system instance in a container.
9676
9677 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
9678 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
9679 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
9680 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
9681 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
9682 connections.
9683
9684 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
9685 show the control groups within a certain container only.
9686
9687 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
9688 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
9689 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
9690 processes attached, or similar.
9691
9692 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
9693 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
9694 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
9695
9696 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
9697 specifiers like %i or %f.
9698
9699 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
9700 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
9701 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
9702 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
9703
9704 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
9705 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
9706 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
9707 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
9708 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
9709 descriptors using sd_notify().
9710
9711 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
9712
9713 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
9714 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
9715
9716 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
9717 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
9718
9719 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
9720 .network files.
9721
9722 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
9723 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
9724 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
9725 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
9726 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
9727 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
9728 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
9729 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
9730 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
9731 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
9732 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
9733 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
9734 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
9735 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
9736 gdm-autologin is used.
9737
9738 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
9739 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
9740 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
9741 next to the image file.
9742
9743 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
9744 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
9745 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
9746 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
9747
9748 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
9749 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
9750 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
9751 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
9752 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
9753 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
9754
9755 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
9756 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
9757 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
9758 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
9759 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
9760 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
9761 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
9762 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
9763 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
9764 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
9765 number of files in place.
9766
9767 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
9768 on kernels where that is supported.
9769
9770 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
9771
9772 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
9773 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
9774 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
9775 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9776 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
9777 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
9778 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
9779 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
9780 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
9781 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
9782 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9783 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9784 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
9785 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
9786 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
9787 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9788 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
9789 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
9790
9791 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9792
9793 CHANGES WITH 226:
9794
9795 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9796 new features:
9797
9798 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9799 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9800 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9801 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9802 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9803 is any) is propagated.
9804
9805 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9806 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9807 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9808 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9809 information is enabled between host and containers by
9810 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9811 to what the host has set.
9812
9813 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9814 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9815
9816 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9817 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9818 information back, even if the server loses state.
9819
9820 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9821 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9822 PoolSize=.
9823
9824 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9825 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9826 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9827 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9828
9829 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9830 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9831 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9832 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9833 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9834
9835 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9836 for virtio devices.
9837
9838 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9839 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9840 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9841 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9842 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9843 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9844 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9845 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9846 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9847 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9848 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9849 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9850 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9851 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9852 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9853 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9854 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9855 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9856 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9857 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9858 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9859 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9860 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9861 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9862 grants them.
9863
9864 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9865 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9866 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9867 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9868 group tree.
9869
9870 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9871 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9872 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9873 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9874 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9875 work correctly in containers now.
9876
9877 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9878 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9879
9880 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9881 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9882 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9883 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9884 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9885
9886 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9887 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9888 signal events.
9889
9890 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9891 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9892 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9893 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9894
9895 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9896 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9897 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9898 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9899 nspawn command line.
9900
9901 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9902 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9903 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9904 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9905 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9906 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9907 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9908 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9909
9910 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9911
9912 CHANGES WITH 225:
9913
9914 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9915 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9916 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9917 shell directly without prompting for username or
9918 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9919 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9920 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9921 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9922 the originating session.
9923
9924 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9925 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9926
9927 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9928 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9929 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9930 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9931 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9932 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9933 probably not stabilize on this release.
9934
9935 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9936 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9937 messages.
9938
9939 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9940 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9941 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9942
9943 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9944 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9945
9946 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9947 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9948 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9949 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9950 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9951 posteriori.
9952
9953 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9954 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9955
9956 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9957 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9958 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9959 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9960 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9961 "lastlog" tools.
9962
9963 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9964 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9965 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9966 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9967 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9968
9969 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9970 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9971 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9972 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9973 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9974 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9975 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9976 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9977 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9978 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9979 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9980 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9981
9982 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9983
9984 CHANGES WITH 224:
9985
9986 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9987 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9988
9989 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9990 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9991 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9992
9993 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9994 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9995 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9996
9997 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9998
9999 CHANGES WITH 223:
10000
10001 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
10002 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
10003 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
10004 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10005
10006 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
10007 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
10008
10009 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
10010 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
10011
10012 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
10013
10014 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
10015 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
10016 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
10017
10018 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
10019 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
10020 decapsulated packet.
10021
10022 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
10023 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
10024 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
10025 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
10026 netlink attribute.
10027
10028 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
10029 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
10030 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
10031 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
10032
10033 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
10034 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
10035 according to RFC2460.
10036
10037 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
10038 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
10039
10040 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
10041 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
10042 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
10043
10044 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
10045 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
10046 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
10047 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
10048 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
10049 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
10050
10051 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
10052 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10053 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
10054 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
10055 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10056 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
10057 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
10058 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
10059 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
10060 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10061
10062 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
10063
10064 CHANGES WITH 222:
10065
10066 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
10067 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
10068 or should be used to work around such bugs.
10069
10070 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
10071 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
10072
10073 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
10074 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
10075 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
10076 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
10077 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
10078
10079 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
10080 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
10081 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
10082
10083 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
10084 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
10085 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
10086 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
10087 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
10088
10089 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10090
10091 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
10092 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
10093 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
10094 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
10095 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
10096 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10097 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
10098 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
10099 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10100 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10101
10102 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
10103
10104 CHANGES WITH 221:
10105
10106 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
10107 stable and have been added to the official interface of
10108 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
10109 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
10110 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
10111 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
10112 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
10113 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
10114 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
10115 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
10116 portable to other kernels.
10117
10118 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
10119 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
10120 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
10121 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
10122 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
10123 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
10124 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
10125 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
10126 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
10127 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
10128 systemd enabled.
10129
10130 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
10131 2.26.
10132
10133 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
10134 favor of calling an abstraction tool
10135 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
10136 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
10137 in README for details.
10138
10139 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
10140 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
10141 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
10142 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
10143 unit.
10144
10145 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
10146 into man pages.
10147
10148 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
10149 external project.
10150
10151 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
10152 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
10153
10154 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
10155 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
10156 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
10157 state.
10158
10159 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
10160 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
10161 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
10162
10163 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
10164 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
10165 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
10166 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
10167 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
10168 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
10169 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
10170 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
10171 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
10172 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10173 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
10174 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
10175 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
10176 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10177 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
10178 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10179
10180 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
10181
10182 CHANGES WITH 220:
10183
10184 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
10185 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
10186 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
10187 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
10188 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
10189 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
10190 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
10191 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
10192
10193 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
10194 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
10195 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
10196 service consumed). This value is only available if
10197 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
10198 in the "systemctl status" output.
10199
10200 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
10201 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
10202 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
10203 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
10204 previously was already the default behaviour).
10205
10206 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
10207 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
10208 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
10209
10210 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
10211 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
10212 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
10213 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
10214
10215 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
10216 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
10217 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
10218 journaling file systems that support external journal
10219 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
10220 systems to be mounted.
10221
10222 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
10223 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
10224 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
10225 stable release this should not be problematic.
10226
10227 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
10228 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
10229 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
10230 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
10231 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
10232
10233 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
10234 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
10235 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
10236 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
10237 network switches.
10238
10239 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
10240 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
10241
10242 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
10243 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
10244 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
10245
10246 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
10247
10248 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
10249 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
10250 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
10251 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
10252 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
10253 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
10254 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
10255 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
10256 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
10257 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
10258 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
10259 been fixed in v220.
10260
10261 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
10262 systemd-networkd.
10263
10264 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
10265 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
10266 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
10267 containers started from the command line.
10268
10269 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
10270 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
10271
10272 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
10273 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
10274 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
10275 indirection via a pseudo tty.
10276
10277 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
10278 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
10279 when shutting down.
10280
10281 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
10282 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
10283 overlayfs support.
10284
10285 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
10286 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
10287 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
10288 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
10289 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
10290 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
10291 images are imported via systemd-importd.
10292
10293 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
10294 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
10295 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
10296
10297 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
10298 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
10299 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
10300 of v1 as before).
10301
10302 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
10303 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
10304
10305 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
10306 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
10307 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
10308 without further privileges or authorization.
10309
10310 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
10311 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
10312 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
10313 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
10314 accessible via a bus interface.
10315
10316 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
10317 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
10318 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
10319 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
10320 to cover this functionality.
10321
10322 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
10323 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
10324 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
10325 disabled/masked also stopped.
10326
10327 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
10328 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
10329 updated to support systemd-boot.
10330
10331 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
10332 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
10333 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
10334 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
10335 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
10336 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
10337 like this and can extract OS release information from them
10338 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
10339 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
10340
10341 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
10342 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
10343 system.
10344
10345 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
10346 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
10347 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
10348 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
10349
10350 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
10351 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
10352 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
10353 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
10354
10355 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
10356 stick devices has been added.
10357
10358 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
10359 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
10360
10361 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
10362 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
10363 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
10364 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
10365 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
10366
10367 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
10368 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
10369 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
10370
10371 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
10372 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
10373 Debian.
10374
10375 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
10376 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
10377 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
10378
10379 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
10380 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
10381 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
10382 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
10383 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
10384 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
10385 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
10386 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10387 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
10388 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
10389 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10390 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
10391 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
10392 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
10393 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
10394 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
10395 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
10396 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10397 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
10398 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
10399 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
10400 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
10401 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
10402 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
10403 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
10404 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
10405 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10406
10407 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
10408
10409 CHANGES WITH 219:
10410
10411 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
10412 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
10413 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
10414 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
10415 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
10416 interface with and update the database.
10417
10418 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
10419 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
10420 before bytewise copying is done.
10421
10422 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
10423 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
10424 directory, and immediately removed when the container
10425 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
10426 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
10427 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
10428 for starting a container off the root file system of the
10429 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
10430 available on btrfs file systems.
10431
10432 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
10433 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
10434 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
10435 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
10436 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
10437 systems.
10438
10439 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
10440 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
10441 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
10442 mount point remains.
10443
10444 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
10445 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
10446 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
10447 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
10448 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
10449 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
10450 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
10451 are disabled.
10452
10453 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
10454 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
10455 container to the host or vice versa.
10456
10457 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
10458 mount host directories into local containers. This is
10459 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
10460
10461 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
10462 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
10463
10464 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
10465 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
10466 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
10467 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
10468 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
10469 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
10470 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
10471 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
10472 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
10473 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
10474 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
10475 make the functionality of importd available to the
10476 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
10477 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
10478 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
10479 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
10480 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
10481 only fully supported on btrfs.
10482
10483 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
10484 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
10485 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
10486 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
10487 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
10488 information about images.
10489
10490 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
10491 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
10492 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
10493 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
10494 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
10495 legacy file systems).
10496
10497 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
10498 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
10499 shown in networkctl output.
10500
10501 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
10502 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
10503 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
10504 processes as system services while interactively
10505 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
10506 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
10507 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
10508 full login session, the difference being that the former
10509 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
10510 setup.
10511
10512 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
10513 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
10514 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
10515 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
10516 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
10517
10518 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
10519 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
10520 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
10521 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
10522 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
10523 via qemu/kvm.
10524
10525 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
10526 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
10527 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
10528 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
10529 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
10530 disk images, too.
10531
10532 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
10533 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
10534 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
10535 integrate with that.
10536
10537 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
10538 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
10539 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
10540 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
10541
10542 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
10543 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
10544 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
10545
10546 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
10547 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
10548 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
10549 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
10550 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
10551 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
10552 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
10553 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
10554 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
10555 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
10556
10557 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
10558 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
10559 files.
10560
10561 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
10562 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
10563 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
10564 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
10565 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
10566 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
10567 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
10568 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
10569 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
10570 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
10571 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
10572 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
10573 explicitly turned on.
10574
10575 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
10576 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
10577 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
10578 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
10579
10580 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
10581 supported.
10582
10583 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
10584 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
10585 user/session following the status output. Similar,
10586 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
10587 associated with a virtual machine or container
10588 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
10589 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
10590 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
10591 output however.)
10592
10593 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
10594 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
10595 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
10596 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
10597 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
10598 caller's session/user.
10599
10600 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
10601 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
10602 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
10603 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
10604 user services.
10605
10606 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
10607 same way as unit files.
10608
10609 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
10610 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
10611 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
10612 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
10613 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
10614 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
10615 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
10616 the host.
10617
10618 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
10619 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
10620 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
10621 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
10622 the host as if their services were running directly on the
10623 host.
10624
10625 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
10626 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
10627 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
10628 updated to make use of it too by default.
10629
10630 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
10631 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
10632 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
10633 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
10634
10635 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
10636 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
10637 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
10638 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
10639 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
10640 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
10641 modification.
10642
10643 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
10644 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
10645 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
10646 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
10647 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
10648 information about Touchpad types.
10649
10650 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
10651 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
10652
10653 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
10654 Policy link field.
10655
10656 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
10657 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
10658
10659 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
10660 ACLs on files.
10661
10662 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
10663 tmpfs, automatically.
10664
10665 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
10666 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
10667 status" output, if available.
10668
10669 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
10670 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
10671 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
10672 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
10673 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
10674 run on next reboot.
10675
10676 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
10677 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
10678 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
10679 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
10680 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
10681 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
10682 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
10683
10684 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
10685 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
10686 after a configurable timeout.
10687
10688 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
10689 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
10690 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
10691 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
10692 it non-idle.
10693
10694 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
10695 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
10696
10697 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
10698 each .network interface in networkd.
10699
10700 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
10701 in .network files.
10702
10703 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
10704 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
10705
10706 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
10707 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
10708 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
10709 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
10710 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
10711 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
10712 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
10713 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
10714 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
10715 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
10716 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
10717 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10718 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
10719 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
10720 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
10721 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
10722 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
10723 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
10724 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
10725 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10726 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
10727 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
10728 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
10729 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10730
10731 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
10732
10733 CHANGES WITH 218:
10734
10735 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
10736 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
10737 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
10738 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
10739
10740 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
10741 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
10742 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
10743 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
10744 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
10745
10746 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
10747
10748 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
10749 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
10750 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
10751 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
10752 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
10753 modified configuration after editing.
10754
10755 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
10756 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
10757 system preset files.
10758
10759 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
10760 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
10761 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
10762 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
10763 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
10764 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
10765 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
10766 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
10767 other contexts.
10768
10769 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
10770 inhibitors.
10771
10772 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
10773 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
10774 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
10775 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
10776 managers.
10777
10778 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
10779 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
10780 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
10781 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
10782 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
10783 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
10784 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
10785 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
10786 parallel to journald.
10787
10788 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
10789 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
10790 available.
10791
10792 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10793 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10794 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10795 or are not older than the specified time.
10796
10797 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10798 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10799 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10800 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10801
10802 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10803 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10804 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10805 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10806 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10807 communication.
10808
10809 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10810 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10811 services.
10812
10813 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10814 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10815 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10816 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10817 the new "busctl tree" command.
10818
10819 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10820 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10821 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10822 friendly way.
10823
10824 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10825 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10826 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10827 race-ful way.
10828
10829 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10830 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10831 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10832 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10833 --link-journal=try-guest.
10834
10835 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10836 stable MAC addresses.
10837
10838 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10839 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10840 the respective unit shall use.
10841
10842 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10843 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10844 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10845 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10846
10847 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10848 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10849 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10850 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10851 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10852 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10853
10854 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10855 details see:
10856
10857 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10858
10859 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10860 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10861 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10862 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10863 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10864 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10865 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10866 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10867 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10868 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10869 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10870 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10871
10872 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10873 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10874 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10875 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10876 bluetooth, …) is used.
10877
10878 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10879 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10880 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10881 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10882 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10883 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10884 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10885 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10886
10887 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10888 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10889 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10890 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10891 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10892 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10893 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10894 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10895 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10896 interface.
10897
10898 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10899 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10900 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10901 luks.name= argument.
10902
10903 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10904 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10905 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10906 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10907 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10908 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10909
10910 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10911 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10912 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10913
10914 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10915 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10916 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10917 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10918 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10919 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10920 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10921 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10922 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10923 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10924 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10925 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10926 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10927 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10928 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10929 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10930 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10931 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10932
10933 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10934
10935 CHANGES WITH 217:
10936
10937 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10938 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10939 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10940 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10941
10942 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10943 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10944 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10945 now waits until the operation is complete.
10946
10947 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10948 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10949 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10950 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10951 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10952 connection.
10953
10954 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10955 commands anymore.
10956
10957 * User units are now loaded also from
10958 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10959 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10960 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10961
10962 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10963 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10964 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10965 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10966 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10967 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10968 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10969 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10970 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10971 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10972 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10973 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10974 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10975 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10976 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10977 question.
10978
10979 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10980 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10981 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10982
10983 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10984 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10985 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10986 command line to trigger resume.
10987
10988 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10989 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10990 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10991 Desktop=systemd-console.
10992
10993 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10994 systemd-networkd.
10995
10996 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10997 from the information provided by the networking stack
10998 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10999
11000 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
11001 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
11002
11003 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
11004 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
11005 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
11006
11007 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
11008
11009 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
11010 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
11011 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
11012 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
11013 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
11014 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
11015
11016 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
11017 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
11018 respected.
11019
11020 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
11021 virtualization.
11022
11023 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
11024 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
11025 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
11026 on.
11027
11028 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
11029
11030 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
11031
11032 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
11033 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
11034 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
11035 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
11036 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
11037 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
11038 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
11039
11040 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
11041 available for service units, that allows locking all service
11042 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
11043 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
11044 from the service's view entirely.
11045
11046 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
11047 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
11048
11049 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
11050 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
11051 session.
11052
11053 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
11054 legacy-free systems.
11055
11056 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
11057 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
11058 easily.
11059
11060 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
11061 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
11062 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
11063 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
11064 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
11065 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
11066 option.
11067
11068 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
11069 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
11070 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
11071 /usr.
11072
11073 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
11074 services, not only the main process.
11075
11076 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
11077 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
11078 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
11079 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
11080 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
11081
11082 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
11083 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
11084 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
11085 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
11086 directly from now on, again.
11087
11088 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
11089 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
11090 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
11091 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
11092 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
11093 enabling and disabling.
11094
11095 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
11096 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
11097 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
11098 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
11099 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
11100 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
11101 unnecessary or unlikely.
11102
11103 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
11104 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
11105 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
11106 "annually", "hourly", …).
11107
11108 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
11109 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
11110 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
11111 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
11112 overwritten at runtime.
11113
11114 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
11115 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
11116 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
11117 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
11118 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
11119 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
11120 segmentation fault.
11121
11122 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
11123 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
11124 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11125 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
11126 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
11127 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
11128 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
11129 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
11130 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
11131 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11132 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11133 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11134 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
11135 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
11136 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
11137 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
11138 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
11139 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
11140 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11141 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11142 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
11143 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11144
11145 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
11146
11147 CHANGES WITH 216:
11148
11149 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
11150 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
11151 implementations should add a
11152
11153 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
11154
11155 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
11156 default functionality.
11157
11158 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
11159 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
11160 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
11161 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
11162 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
11163 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
11164 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
11165 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
11166 files might need to be owned by them. A new
11167 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
11168 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
11169 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
11170 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
11171
11172 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
11173 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
11174 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
11175 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
11176 added eventually, too.
11177
11178 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
11179 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
11180 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
11181 new command to update these fields.
11182
11183 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
11184 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
11185 have been discovered via DHCP.
11186
11187 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
11188 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
11189 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
11190 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
11191 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
11192 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
11193 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
11194 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
11195 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
11196 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
11197 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
11198 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
11199 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
11200 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
11201 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
11202 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
11203 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
11204 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
11205 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
11206 implementation to systemd-resolved.
11207
11208 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
11209 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
11210 containers to their respective IP addresses.
11211
11212 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
11213 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
11214 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
11215 and present it to the user in a very friendly
11216 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
11217 control utility for networkd.
11218
11219 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
11220 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
11221 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
11222 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
11223 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
11224 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
11225 (NoDelay=).
11226
11227 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
11228 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
11229
11230 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
11231 be started only after time-sync.target has been
11232 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
11233 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
11234 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
11235 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
11236
11237 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
11238 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
11239 of the link.
11240
11241 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
11242 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
11243
11244 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
11245 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
11246
11247 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
11248 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
11249 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
11250 for DHCP.
11251
11252 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
11253 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
11254 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
11255 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
11256 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
11257 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
11258 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
11259 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
11260
11261 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
11262 validation of unit files.
11263
11264 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
11265 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
11266 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
11267 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
11268 address may now be configured.
11269
11270 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
11271 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
11272 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
11273 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
11274
11275 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
11276 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
11277
11278 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
11279 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
11280 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
11281 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
11282
11283 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
11284 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
11285 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
11286 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
11287 implementation.
11288
11289 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
11290 journal data to a remote system running
11291 systemd-journal-remote.
11292
11293 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
11294 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
11295 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
11296 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
11297 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
11298 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
11299 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
11300 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
11301 version, you have to turn this option on again
11302 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
11303
11304 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
11305 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
11306 better than XZ which was the previous default.
11307
11308 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
11309 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
11310
11311 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
11312 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
11313
11314 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
11315 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
11316 "systemctl status" output for a service.
11317
11318 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
11319 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
11320 hostname, root password) interactively on first
11321 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
11322 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
11323
11324 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
11325
11326 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
11327
11328 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
11329 when primary addresses are removed.
11330
11331 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
11332 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
11333 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
11334 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
11335 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
11336 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
11337 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11338 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11339 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
11340 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
11341 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
11342 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
11343 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
11344 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
11345 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11346
11347 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
11348
11349 CHANGES WITH 215:
11350
11351 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
11352 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
11353 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
11354 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
11355 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
11356 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
11357 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
11358 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
11359 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
11360 require.
11361
11362 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
11363 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
11364
11365 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
11366 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
11367 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
11368 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
11369 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
11370 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
11371 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
11372
11373 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
11374 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
11375 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
11376 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
11377 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
11378 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
11379 update or reset should use this condition and order
11380 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
11381 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
11382 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
11383 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
11384 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
11385 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
11386 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
11387 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
11388 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
11389
11390 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
11391
11392 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
11393 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
11394 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
11395 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
11396
11397 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
11398 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
11399 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
11400 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
11401 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
11402 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
11403 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
11404 .network files using settings of this section should be
11405 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
11406 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
11407
11408 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
11409 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
11410
11411 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
11412 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
11413 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
11414 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
11415 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
11416 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
11417 of nspawn instances.
11418
11419 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
11420 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
11421 added.
11422
11423 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
11424 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
11425 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
11426 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
11427 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
11428 configuration stored in /etc.
11429
11430 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
11431 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
11432 parsing of unknown mount options.
11433
11434 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
11435 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
11436 it already exist and not already be the correct
11437 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
11438 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
11439 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
11440 pre-existing files of different types.
11441
11442 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
11443 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
11444 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
11445 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
11446 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
11447 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
11448 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
11449
11450 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
11451 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
11452 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
11453 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
11454 shall be executed.
11455
11456 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
11457 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
11458 example whether it is fully up and running.
11459
11460 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
11461 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
11462 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
11463 reset.
11464
11465 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
11466 most basic services systemd ships by default.
11467
11468 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
11469 field for defining the default instance to create if a
11470 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
11471
11472 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
11473 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
11474 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
11475
11476 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
11477 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
11478 access to this group.
11479
11480 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
11481 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
11482 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
11483 to the journal.
11484
11485 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
11486 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
11487 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
11488 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
11489 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
11490 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
11491
11492 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
11493 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
11494 that makes sure to only show information about the most
11495 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
11496 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
11497 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
11498 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
11499 the old name to the new name.
11500
11501 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
11502 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
11503 coredumpctl without restrictions.
11504
11505 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
11506 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
11507 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
11508 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
11509 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
11510 "systemd-debug-generator".
11511
11512 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
11513 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
11514 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
11515 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
11516 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
11517 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
11518 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
11519 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
11520 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
11521 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
11522 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
11523
11524 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
11525 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
11526 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
11527 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
11528 been added to query many of these paths for the local
11529 machine and user.
11530
11531 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
11532 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
11533 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
11534 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
11535 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
11536
11537 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
11538 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
11539 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
11540 couple of drop-in directories.
11541
11542 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
11543 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
11544 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
11545 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
11546 for dev_port.
11547
11548 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
11549 container (read from /etc/os-release and
11550 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
11551 "machinectl status" for a machine.
11552
11553 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
11554 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
11555 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
11556 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
11557 Restart= setting.
11558
11559 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
11560 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
11561 directly connect to a specific container on the
11562 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
11563 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
11564 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
11565 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
11566 containers is a privileged operation.
11567
11568 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
11569 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
11570 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
11571 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
11572 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11573 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
11574 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11575 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
11576 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
11577 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
11578 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
11579 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11580
11581 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
11582
11583 CHANGES WITH 214:
11584
11585 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
11586 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
11587 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
11588 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
11589 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
11590 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
11591 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
11592 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
11593 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
11594 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
11595 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
11596 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
11597 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
11598 devices are excluded from this logic.
11599
11600 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
11601 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
11602 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
11603 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
11604 change has been released.
11605
11606 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
11607 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
11608 libattr is thus unnecessary.
11609
11610 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
11611 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
11612 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
11613 with fewer privileges.
11614
11615 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
11616 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
11617 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
11618 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
11619
11620 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
11621 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
11622
11623 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
11624 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
11625
11626 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
11627 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
11628 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
11629
11630 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
11631 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
11632 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
11633 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
11634 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
11635 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
11636
11637 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
11638 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
11639 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
11640
11641 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
11642 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
11643 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
11644 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
11645 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
11646 modifications of user data or system files from
11647 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
11648 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
11649
11650 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
11651 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
11652 and FIFOs in the file system.
11653
11654 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
11655 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
11656 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
11657
11658 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
11659 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
11660 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
11661 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
11662 the socket itself.
11663
11664 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
11665 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
11666 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
11667 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
11668 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
11669 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
11670 symlinks, and nothing else.
11671
11672 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
11673 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
11674 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
11675 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
11676 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
11677 process (for example, the parent process). The
11678 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
11679 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
11680 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
11681 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
11682 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
11683 messages to services when the originating process already
11684 vanished.
11685
11686 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
11687 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
11688 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
11689 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
11690 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
11691 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
11692 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
11693 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
11694 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
11695 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
11696 all long-running services.
11697
11698 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
11699 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
11700 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
11701 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
11702 service.
11703
11704 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
11705 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
11706 applied to all submounts, too.
11707
11708 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
11709
11710 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
11711 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
11712 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
11713 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
11714 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
11715 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
11716 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
11717
11718 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
11719 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
11720 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
11721 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
11722 (domU) domains.
11723
11724 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
11725 files or entire directories.
11726
11727 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
11728 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
11729 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
11730 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
11731 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
11732
11733 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
11734 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
11735 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
11736 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
11737 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
11738 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
11739 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
11740 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
11741 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
11742 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
11743 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
11744 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
11745
11746 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
11747 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
11748 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
11749 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
11750
11751 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
11752 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
11753 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
11754 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
11755 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
11756 non-directories.
11757
11758 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
11759 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
11760 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
11761
11762 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
11763 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
11764 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
11765 this group.
11766
11767 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
11768 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
11769 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
11770 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
11771 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11772 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
11773 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11774
11775 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
11776
11777 CHANGES WITH 213:
11778
11779 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
11780 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
11781 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
11782 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
11783 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
11784 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
11785 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
11786 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
11787 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
11788 client should be more than appropriate for most
11789 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
11790 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
11791 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11792 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11793 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11794 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11795 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11796 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11797 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11798 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11799 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11800
11801 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11802 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11803 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11804 part of a different namespace.
11805
11806 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11807 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11808 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11809 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11810
11811 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11812 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11813 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11814
11815 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11816 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11817 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11818 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11819 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11820 restart the service in question.
11821
11822 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11823 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11824 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11825 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11826 details when running non-locally.
11827
11828 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11829 graphs it generates.
11830
11831 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11832 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11833 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11834 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11835 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11836
11837 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11838
11839 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11840 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11841 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11842 what it was on SysV systems.
11843
11844 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11845 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11846
11847 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11848 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11849 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11850
11851 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11852 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11853 to show these addresses in its output.
11854
11855 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11856 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11857 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11858 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11859 preferred over a text one.
11860
11861 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11862 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11863 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11864 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11865 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11866 mDNS cache.
11867
11868 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11869 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11870 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11871 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11872 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11873
11874 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11875 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11876 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11877 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11878 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11879
11880 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11881 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11882 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11883 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11884 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11885 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11886 overrides any other settings.
11887
11888 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11889 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11890 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11891 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11892 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11893 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11894 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11895 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11896 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11897 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11898 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11899 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11900 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11901 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11902 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11903 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11904 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11905
11906 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11907
11908 CHANGES WITH 212:
11909
11910 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11911 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11912 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11913 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11914 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11915 by accident.
11916
11917 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11918 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11919 registered with machined.
11920
11921 * sd-login gained new calls
11922 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11923 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11924 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11925 counterparts.
11926
11927 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11928 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11929 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11930 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11931 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11932 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11933 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11934 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11935 once.
11936
11937 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11938 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11939 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11940
11941 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11942 units on all local containers, when used with the
11943 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11944 executed when no parameters are specified).
11945
11946 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11947 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11948 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11949 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11950
11951 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11952 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11953 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11954 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11955 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11956 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11957
11958 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11959 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11960 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11961 of the container.
11962
11963 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11964 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11965 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11966 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11967 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11968 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11969 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11970 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11971
11972 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11973 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11974 instead of /.
11975
11976 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11977 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11978 emergency messages now.
11979
11980 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11981 journal log messages across the network.
11982
11983 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11984 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11985 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11986 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11987 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11988 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11989 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11990
11991 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11992 down a local OS container.
11993
11994 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11995 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11996 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11997
11998 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11999 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
12000 this is appropriate.
12001
12002 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
12003 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
12004 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
12005
12006 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
12007 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
12008 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
12009 for debugging purposes.
12010
12011 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
12012 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
12013 in seconds.
12014
12015 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
12016 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
12017 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
12018 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
12019 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
12020 like on traditional inetd.
12021
12022 * A new system.conf configuration option
12023 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
12024 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
12025
12026 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
12027 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
12028 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
12029 do these days).
12030
12031 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
12032 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
12033 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
12034 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
12035 could not take place because the system was powered off.
12036 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
12037
12038 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
12039 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
12040 it will be triggered.
12041
12042 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
12043 addresses to its local interfaces.
12044
12045 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
12046 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
12047 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
12048 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
12049 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
12050 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
12051 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
12052 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
12053 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12054
12055 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
12056
12057 CHANGES WITH 211:
12058
12059 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
12060 added to restrict which socket address families unit
12061 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
12062 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
12063 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
12064 is built on seccomp system call filters.
12065
12066 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
12067 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
12068 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
12069 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
12070 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
12071 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
12072 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
12073 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
12074 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
12075
12076 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
12077 matching against device group names.
12078
12079 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
12080 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
12081 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
12082 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
12083 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
12084 though.
12085
12086 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
12087 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
12088 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
12089 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
12090 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12091 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
12092 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
12093 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
12094 systems prepared appropriately.
12095
12096 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
12097 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
12098 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12099 (see above). This means that installations made with
12100 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
12101 deployed using container managers, completely
12102 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
12103 this feature soon, too.)
12104
12105 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
12106 set up a private macvlan interface for the
12107 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
12108 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
12109
12110 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
12111 using IPv4LL.
12112
12113 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
12114 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
12115 systemd-networkd.
12116
12117 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
12118 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
12119 still not a public API though (unless you specify
12120 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
12121 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
12122
12123 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
12124 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
12125 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
12126 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
12127 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
12128 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
12129 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
12130 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
12131 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
12132 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
12133 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
12134 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
12135 users.
12136
12137 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
12138 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
12139 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
12140 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
12141 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
12142 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
12143 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
12144 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
12145 due to a closed lid.
12146
12147 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
12148 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
12149 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
12150 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
12151 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
12152 order to then act as suspend blocker.
12153
12154 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
12155 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
12156 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
12157 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
12158 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
12159
12160 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
12161 now also work in --scope mode.
12162
12163 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
12164 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
12165 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
12166 promises are made.)
12167
12168 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
12169 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12170 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
12171 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12172 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
12173 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
12174 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
12175 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
12176 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
12177 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12178
12179 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
12180
12181 CHANGES WITH 210:
12182
12183 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
12184 according to SMACK rules.
12185
12186 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
12187 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
12188
12189 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
12190 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
12191 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
12192
12193 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
12194 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
12195 and machine ID.
12196
12197 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
12198 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
12199 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
12200 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
12201 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
12202 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
12203 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
12204 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
12205 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
12206 backpack or similar.
12207
12208 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
12209 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
12210 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
12211 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
12212 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
12213 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
12214 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
12215 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
12216 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
12217 this on its own.
12218
12219 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
12220 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
12221 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
12222 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
12223
12224 * We will now ship a default .network file for
12225 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
12226 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
12227 --network-bridge= switches.
12228
12229 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
12230 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
12231 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
12232 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
12233 metrics, according to what is customary according to
12234 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
12235 each configuration option.
12236
12237 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
12238 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
12239 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
12240 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
12241 at once.
12242
12243 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
12244 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
12245 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
12246 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
12247 triggered by other work being done in the program.
12248
12249 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
12250 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
12251 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
12252 default however.
12253
12254 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
12255 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
12256 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
12257 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
12258 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
12259 them with systemd-networkd.
12260
12261 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
12262 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
12263 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
12264 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
12265 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
12266 is drastically increased, but given that these are
12267 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
12268 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
12269 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
12270 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
12271 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
12272 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
12273 during a transitional period!
12274
12275 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
12276 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
12277
12278 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
12279 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12280 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
12281 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
12282 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12283 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12284 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
12285 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12286
12287 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
12288
12289 CHANGES WITH 209:
12290
12291 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
12292 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
12293 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
12294 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
12295 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
12296 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
12297 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
12298 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
12299 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
12300 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
12301 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
12302 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
12303
12304 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
12305 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
12306 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
12307 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
12308 machines and the like.
12309
12310 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
12311 shutdown/boot.
12312
12313 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
12314 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
12315
12316 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
12317 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
12318 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
12319 prepared for additional security frameworks.
12320
12321 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
12322 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
12323 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
12324 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
12325 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
12326 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
12327
12328 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
12329 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
12330 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
12331 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
12332 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
12333 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
12334 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
12335 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
12336 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
12337
12338 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
12339 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
12340
12341 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
12342 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
12343 implementation.
12344
12345 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
12346 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
12347 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
12348 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
12349 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
12350 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
12351 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
12352 and .service units.
12353
12354 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
12355 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
12356 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
12357
12358 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
12359 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
12360 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
12361 nothing makes use of it.
12362
12363 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
12364 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
12365 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
12366
12367 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
12368 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
12369 compatibility purposes.
12370
12371 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
12372 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
12373 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
12374 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
12375 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
12376 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
12377 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
12378 process handling.
12379
12380 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
12381 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
12382 style to "sd-bus.h".
12383
12384 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
12385 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
12386 "systemd-networkd".
12387
12388 * There is a new kernel command line option
12389 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
12390 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
12391 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
12392 are not restored.
12393
12394 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
12395 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
12396 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
12397 PID1's support for that anymore.
12398
12399 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
12400 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
12401
12402 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
12403 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
12404 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
12405 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
12406 container that is registered with machined, such as those
12407 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
12408
12409 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
12410 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
12411 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
12412 onto remote systems.
12413
12414 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
12415 login in any local container. This works with any container
12416 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
12417 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
12418
12419 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
12420 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
12421 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
12422 system of some kind.
12423
12424 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
12425 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
12426 next.
12427
12428 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
12429 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
12430 reboot() system call.
12431
12432 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
12433 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
12434 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
12435 still available but not advertised anymore.
12436
12437 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
12438 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
12439 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
12440 within each Unit.
12441
12442 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
12443 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
12444 the kernel).
12445
12446 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
12447 timestamps (following the setting in
12448 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
12449
12450 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
12451 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
12452
12453 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
12454 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
12455
12456 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
12457 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
12458 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
12459
12460 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
12461 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
12462 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
12463 the full configuration is shown.
12464
12465 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
12466 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
12467 those commands which take multiple unit names.
12468
12469 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
12470
12471 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
12472 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
12473
12474 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
12475 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
12476 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
12477 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
12478
12479 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
12480 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
12481 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
12482 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
12483
12484 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
12485 of the legend text.
12486
12487 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
12488 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
12489 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
12490 remote sessions.
12491
12492 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
12493 information of SDIO devices.
12494
12495 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
12496 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
12497 the system manager.
12498
12499 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
12500 short description of the connection parameters in the
12501 description.
12502
12503 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
12504 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
12505 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
12506 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
12507 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
12508 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
12509 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
12510
12511 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
12512 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
12513 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
12514 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
12515 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
12516 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
12517 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
12518 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
12519 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
12520
12521 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
12522 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
12523 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
12524 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
12525 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
12526 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
12527 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
12528 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
12529 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
12530 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
12531 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
12532 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
12533 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
12534 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
12535 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
12536 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
12537 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
12538 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
12539 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
12540 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
12541 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
12542 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
12543 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
12544
12545 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
12546 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
12547 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
12548 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
12549 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
12550 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
12551 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
12552 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
12553 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
12554 that you are aware of the instability of the current
12555 APIs.
12556
12557 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
12558 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
12559 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
12560 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
12561 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
12562 declare the APIs stable.
12563
12564 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
12565 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
12566 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
12567 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
12568 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
12569 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
12570 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
12571 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
12572 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
12573 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
12574 one of them is updated.
12575
12576 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
12577 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
12578 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
12579 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
12580 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
12581
12582 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
12583 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
12584 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
12585 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
12586 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
12587 entry points.
12588
12589 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
12590 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
12591 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
12592 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
12593 been disabled at compile-time.
12594
12595 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
12596 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
12597 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
12598 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
12599
12600 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
12601 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
12602 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
12603
12604 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
12605 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
12606 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
12607
12608 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
12609 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
12610 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
12611
12612 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
12613 remains until jobs expire.
12614
12615 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
12616 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
12617 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
12618 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
12619 all remaining processes of the service.
12620
12621 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
12622 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
12623 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
12624 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
12625 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
12626 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
12627 manager process which created them takes no further
12628 responsibilities for it.
12629
12630 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
12631 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
12632 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
12633 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
12634 marked executable or world-writable.
12635
12636 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
12637 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
12638 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
12639 "--setenv=" for consistency.
12640
12641 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
12642 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
12643 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
12644 independent of the host.
12645
12646 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
12647 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
12648 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
12649 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
12650
12651 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
12652 with specific SELinux labels set.
12653
12654 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
12655 any additional output but the container's own console
12656 output.
12657
12658 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
12659 container without PID namespacing enabled.
12660
12661 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
12662 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
12663 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
12664 OS images, but only specific apps.
12665
12666 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
12667 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
12668 results in registration of the unit service itself in
12669 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
12670
12671 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
12672 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
12673 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
12674 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
12675 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
12676 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
12677
12678 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
12679 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
12680 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
12681 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
12682 units to use.
12683
12684 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
12685 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
12686 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
12687 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
12688
12689 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
12690 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
12691 context for a service.
12692
12693 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
12694 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
12695 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
12696 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
12697 influence this logic.
12698
12699 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
12700 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
12701 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
12702 other things.
12703
12704 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
12705 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
12706 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
12707 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
12708 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
12709 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
12710 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
12711 architectures). There is also a global
12712 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
12713 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
12714
12715 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
12716 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
12717
12718 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
12719 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
12720 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12721 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
12722 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
12723 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
12724 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
12725 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
12726 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
12727 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
12728 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
12729 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12730 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12731 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
12732 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12733 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
12734 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
12735 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
12736 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
12737 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
12738 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12739 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
12740 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
12741 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12742
12743 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
12744
12745 CHANGES WITH 208:
12746
12747 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
12748 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
12749 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
12750 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
12751 access input and drm devices which are normally
12752 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
12753 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
12754 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
12755 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
12756 session switching without allowing background sessions to
12757 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
12758 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
12759 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
12760
12761 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
12762 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
12763 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
12764
12765 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
12766 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
12767 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
12768 kernel version number.
12769
12770 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
12771 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
12772 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
12773
12774 * This release removes high-level support for the
12775 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
12776 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
12777 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
12778 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
12779
12780 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
12781 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
12782 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
12783 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
12784 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
12785 cgroup system.
12786
12787 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
12788 messages containing the slice a message was generated
12789 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
12790 logs among other things.
12791
12792 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12793 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12794 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12795 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12796 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12797 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12798 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12799 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12800 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12801 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12802 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12803 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12804 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12805 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12806 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12807 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12808 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12809 not delayed until next reboot.
12810
12811 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12812 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12813 systemd generated files in one directory.
12814
12815 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12816 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12817 performance information if that's available to determine how
12818 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12819 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12820 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12821
12822 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12823 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12824 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12825 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12826 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12827 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12828 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12829
12830 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12831
12832 CHANGES WITH 207:
12833
12834 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12835 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12836 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12837 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12838
12839 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12840 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12841 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12842 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12843 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12844
12845 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12846 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12847
12848 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12849 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12850 maximum number of tries.
12851
12852 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12853 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12854 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12855
12856 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12857 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12858
12859 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12860 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12861 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12862
12863 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12864 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12865 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12866
12867 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12868 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12869 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12870 and type).
12871
12872 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12873 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12874
12875 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12876 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12877 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12878 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12879
12880 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12881 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12882 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12883 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12884 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12885 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12886 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12887 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12888
12889 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12890 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12891 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12892 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12893
12894 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12895 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12896 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12897 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12898 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12899 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12900 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12901
12902 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12903 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12904
12905 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12906 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12907 automatically after the process terminated.
12908
12909 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12910 certain paths from operation.
12911
12912 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12913 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12914 is received.
12915
12916 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12917 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12918 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12919 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12920 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12921 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12922 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12923 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12924 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12925 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12926 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12927 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12928 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12929
12930 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12931
12932 CHANGES WITH 206:
12933
12934 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12935 concepts introduced with 205.
12936
12937 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12938 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12939 -r".
12940
12941 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12942 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12943 --state= parameter.
12944
12945 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12946 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12947 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12948 the journal.
12949
12950 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12951 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12952 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12953
12954 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12955 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12956 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12957 browsing logs from that point on.
12958
12959 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12960 of an FSS key.
12961
12962 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12963 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12964 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12965 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12966 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12967 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12968 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12969 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12970 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12971 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12972 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12973 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12974 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12975 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12976
12977 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12978 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12979 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12980 backing module right-away.
12981
12982 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12983 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12984
12985 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12986 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12987
12988 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12989 set of processes in the message metadata.
12990
12991 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12992
12993 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12994 support for passing performance data via environment
12995 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12996 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12997 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12998 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12999 deserialize it again.
13000
13001 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
13002 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
13003 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
13004 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
13005
13006 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
13007 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
13008 completely silent shutdown when used.
13009
13010 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
13011 option in .socket units.
13012
13013 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
13014 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
13015 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
13016 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
13017 system.slice as before.
13018
13019 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
13020
13021 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
13022 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
13023 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13024 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
13025 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
13026 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
13027 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13028
13029 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
13030
13031 CHANGES WITH 205:
13032
13033 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
13034
13035 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
13036 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
13037 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
13038 possible for system services and applications to group their
13039 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
13040 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
13041 together, or apply resource limits on them.
13042
13043 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
13044 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
13045 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
13046 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
13047 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
13048
13049 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
13050 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
13051 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
13052 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
13053
13054 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
13055 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
13056 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
13057 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
13058 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
13059 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
13060 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
13061 and useful as a general batch manager.
13062
13063 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
13064 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
13065 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
13066 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
13067 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
13068 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
13069 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
13070 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
13071 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
13072 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
13073
13074 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
13075 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
13076 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
13077 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
13078 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
13079 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
13080 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
13081 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
13082 is compile-time optional.
13083
13084 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
13085 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
13086 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
13087 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
13088 well as slice units.
13089
13090 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
13091 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
13092 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
13093 but will be extended later on to make more properties
13094 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
13095 command that wraps this call.
13096
13097 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
13098 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
13099 while configuring a number of settings via the command
13100 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
13101 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
13102 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
13103 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
13104
13105 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
13106 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
13107 off audit.
13108
13109 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
13110 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
13111
13112 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
13113 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
13114 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
13115 and system logs.
13116
13117 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
13118 snippets extending unit files.
13119
13120 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
13121 not available as public API.
13122
13123 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
13124 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
13125 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
13126
13127 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
13128 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
13129 controls what to boot into by default.
13130
13131 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
13132 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
13133
13134 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
13135 generators needed for execution, as well as information
13136 about the unit file loading.
13137
13138 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
13139 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
13140 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
13141 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
13142 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
13143 racy due to journal file rotation.
13144
13145 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
13146 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
13147 all services.
13148
13149 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
13150 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
13151 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
13152 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
13153 system services want to log events about specific client
13154 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
13155 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
13156 unit is requested.
13157
13158 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
13159 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
13160 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
13161 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
13162 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
13163 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13164 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
13165 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
13166 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
13167 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
13168 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13169 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
13170 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
13171
13172 CHANGES WITH 204:
13173
13174 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
13175 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
13176
13177 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
13178 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
13179 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
13180
13181 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
13182 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13183
13184 CHANGES WITH 203:
13185
13186 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
13187 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
13188
13189 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
13190 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
13191 fields, including the root directory.
13192
13193 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
13194 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
13195 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
13196 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
13197 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
13198 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
13199 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
13200 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
13201 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
13202 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
13203 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
13204
13205 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
13206 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
13207
13208 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
13209 have taken an inhibitor lock.
13210
13211 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
13212 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
13213 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
13214 the local hostname.
13215
13216 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
13217 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
13218 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
13219 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
13220 VMs/containers coming and going.
13221
13222 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
13223 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
13224 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
13225
13226 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
13227 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
13228 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
13229 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
13230
13231 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
13232 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
13233 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
13234
13235 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
13236 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
13237 services. With the container's root directory in
13238 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
13239 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
13240
13241 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
13242 the processes within a certain container.
13243
13244 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
13245 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
13246 check though. Patches welcome!
13247
13248 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
13249 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
13250 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
13251 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
13252 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
13253
13254 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
13255 the passed argument if applicable.
13256
13257 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13258 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13259 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
13260 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13261 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
13262 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
13263 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13264 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13265
13266 CHANGES WITH 202:
13267
13268 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
13269 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
13270 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
13271 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
13272 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
13273 units activate.
13274
13275 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
13276 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
13277 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
13278 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
13279 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
13280 for now, and not installable.
13281
13282 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
13283 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
13284 can run in conjunction with udev.
13285
13286 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
13287 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
13288 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
13289 session manager.
13290
13291 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
13292 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
13293 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
13294 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
13295 services, user processes and containers/virtual
13296 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
13297 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
13298 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
13299 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
13300 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
13301 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
13302
13303 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
13304
13305 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
13306 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
13307 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
13308 logical expressions.
13309
13310 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
13311 switches.
13312
13313 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
13314 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
13315 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
13316 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
13317 the user.
13318
13319 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
13320 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
13321 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
13322 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
13323 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
13324 an entry.
13325
13326 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
13327 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13328 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
13329 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
13330 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
13331 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13332
13333 CHANGES WITH 201:
13334
13335 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
13336 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
13337 directory.
13338
13339 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
13340 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
13341 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
13342 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
13343 problem.
13344
13345 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
13346 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
13347 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
13348 before the key file is attempted to be read.
13349
13350 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
13351 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
13352
13353 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
13354 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
13355 files in this context are files such as
13356 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
13357
13358 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
13359 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
13360 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
13361 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
13362 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
13363 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
13364
13365 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
13366 hostnames.
13367
13368 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
13369 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
13370 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
13371 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
13372 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
13373 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
13374 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
13375 all time-related output of systemd.
13376
13377 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
13378 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
13379 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
13380 loops.
13381
13382 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
13383 (models, layouts, variants, options).
13384
13385 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
13386 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
13387 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
13388 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
13389 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
13390
13391 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
13392 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
13393 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
13394 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
13395 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
13396 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
13397 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
13398
13399 CHANGES WITH 200:
13400
13401 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
13402 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
13403 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
13404 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
13405 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
13406 middle ground between physical and access time order.
13407
13408 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
13409 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
13410 images.
13411
13412 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
13413 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
13414 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13415
13416 CHANGES WITH 199:
13417
13418 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
13419
13420 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
13421 security policy.
13422
13423 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
13424 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
13425 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
13426 shared by all processes of a service (which means
13427 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
13428 the same service can still access). When a service is
13429 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
13430 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
13431 this though).
13432
13433 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
13434 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
13435 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
13436 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
13437 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
13438 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
13439
13440 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
13441 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
13442
13443 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
13444 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
13445
13446 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
13447
13448 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
13449 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
13450 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
13451 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
13452 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
13453
13454 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
13455 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
13456 system is to be mounted.
13457
13458 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
13459 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
13460 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
13461 purpose for socket units.
13462
13463 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
13464 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
13465
13466 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
13467 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
13468 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
13469 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
13470 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
13471
13472 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
13473 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
13474 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
13475 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13476 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
13477 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
13478 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13479 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13480 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13481
13482 CHANGES WITH 198:
13483
13484 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
13485 files without having to edit/override the unit files
13486 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
13487 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
13488 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
13489 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
13490 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
13491 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
13492 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
13493 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
13494 unit files locally: copying the files from
13495 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
13496 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
13497 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
13498 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
13499 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
13500 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
13501 for them too.
13502
13503 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
13504 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
13505 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
13506 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
13507 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
13508 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
13509 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
13510 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
13511 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
13512
13513 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
13514 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
13515
13516 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
13517 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
13518 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
13519 other users.
13520
13521 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
13522 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
13523 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
13524 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
13525 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
13526 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
13527 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
13528 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
13529 management logic is also available to other programs via the
13530 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
13531 supported.
13532
13533 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
13534 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
13535 the foreground VT.
13536
13537 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
13538 call.
13539
13540 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
13541 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
13542 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
13543 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
13544 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
13545 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
13546 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
13547 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
13548 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
13549 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
13550 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
13551 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
13552 also been removed.
13553
13554 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
13555 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
13556 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
13557 objects themselves.
13558
13559 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
13560
13561 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
13562 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
13563 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
13564 to how this is supported in shells.
13565
13566 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
13567 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
13568 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
13569 user systemd instance.
13570
13571 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
13572 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
13573 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
13574 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
13575 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
13576 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
13577 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
13578 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
13579 one day for good in the kernel.
13580
13581 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
13582 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
13583 container.
13584
13585 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
13586 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
13587 the host into the container.
13588
13589 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
13590 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
13591 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
13592 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
13593 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
13594 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
13595
13596 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
13597
13598 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
13599 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
13600 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
13601 configured to be mounted there.
13602
13603 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
13604 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
13605 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
13606 system resume events.
13607
13608 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
13609 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
13610 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
13611 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
13612
13613 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
13614 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
13615 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
13616 card).
13617
13618 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
13619 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
13620 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
13621
13622 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
13623 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
13624 later "change" event.
13625
13626 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
13627 now carry a message ID.
13628
13629 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
13630 continues to be work in progress.
13631
13632 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
13633 root directory to operate relative to.
13634
13635 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
13636 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
13637 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
13638 times a little.
13639
13640 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
13641 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
13642 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
13643 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
13644 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
13645 request boot into firmware operations.
13646
13647 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
13648 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
13649 correctly in initrds.
13650
13651 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
13652 compile time optional via a configure switch.
13653
13654 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
13655 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
13656
13657 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
13658 the status of all active or failed units.
13659
13660 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
13661 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
13662 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
13663 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
13664 requests more robust.
13665
13666 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
13667 reading journal files.
13668
13669 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
13670 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
13671
13672 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
13673
13674 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
13675 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
13676
13677 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
13678 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
13679 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
13680 socket activation in daemons.
13681
13682 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
13683 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
13684
13685 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
13686 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
13687 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
13688
13689 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
13690 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
13691 system units.
13692
13693 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
13694 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
13695 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
13696
13697 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
13698 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
13699 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
13700 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
13701 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
13702 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
13703 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
13704 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
13705 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
13706 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
13707 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
13708 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
13709 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
13710 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
13711 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
13712 package installation time.
13713
13714 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
13715 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
13716 scripts need to create these system user/group at
13717 installation time.
13718
13719 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
13720 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
13721
13722 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
13723
13724 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
13725 available.
13726
13727 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
13728 load SMACK policies at early boot.
13729
13730 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
13731 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
13732 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
13733 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
13734 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13735 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
13736 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
13737 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
13738 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
13739 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
13740 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
13741 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13742 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
13743 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
13744
13745 CHANGES WITH 197:
13746
13747 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
13748 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
13749 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
13750 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
13751 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
13752 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
13753 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
13754 the supported calendar time specification language see
13755 systemd.time(7).
13756
13757 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
13758 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
13759 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
13760 document for details:
13761
13762 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
13763
13764 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
13765 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
13766 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
13767 implementations around and minimal in its code and
13768 dependencies.
13769
13770 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
13771 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
13772 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
13773 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
13774 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
13775 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
13776 with a configure switch.
13777
13778 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
13779 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
13780 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
13781 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
13782 such as ext4.
13783
13784 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
13785 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
13786 identities are attached to the devices as well.
13787
13788 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
13789 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
13790
13791 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13792 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13793 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13794 using only core OS tools.
13795
13796 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13797 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13798 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13799 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13800 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13801 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13802 eventually.
13803
13804 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13805 presenting log data.
13806
13807 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13808 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13809
13810 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13811 system on idle.
13812
13813 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13814 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13815 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13816 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13817 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13818 information if possible.
13819
13820 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13821 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13822 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13823
13824 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13825 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13826 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13827 is running on battery power.
13828
13829 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13830 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13831 is in the "failed" state.
13832
13833 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13834 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13835 environment files at once.
13836
13837 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13838 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13839 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13840 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13841 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13842 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13843 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13844 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13845 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13846 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13847 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13848 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13849 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13850
13851 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13852 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13853
13854 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13855 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13856
13857 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13858 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13859 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13860 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13861 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13862 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13863 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13864 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13865 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13866 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13867 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13868 shipped from us upstream.
13869
13870 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13871 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13872 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13873 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13874 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13875 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13876 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13877 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13878 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13879 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13880 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13881 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13882 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13883
13884 CHANGES WITH 196:
13885
13886 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13887 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13888 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13889 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13890 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13891 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13892 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13893 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13894 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13895 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13896 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13897 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13898 data for all devices where this is available, by
13899 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13900 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13901 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13902 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13903 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13904 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13905
13906 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13907 indexed database to link up additional information with
13908 journal entries. For further details please check:
13909
13910 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13911
13912 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13913 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13914 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13915 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13916 macro for this purpose.
13917
13918 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13919 Python logging framework.
13920
13921 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13922 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13923 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13924 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13925 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13926 time intervals.
13927
13928 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13929 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13930 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13931
13932 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13933 right-away on the selected coredump.
13934
13935 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13936 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13937 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13938
13939 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13940 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13941 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13942 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13943
13944 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13945 default.
13946
13947 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13948 SMACK security label.
13949
13950 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13951 daylight saving change.
13952
13953 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13954 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13955 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13956 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13957 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13958 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13959 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13960
13961 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13962 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13963 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13964 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13965 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13966 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13967 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13968
13969 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13970 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13971
13972 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13973 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13974 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13975 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13976 offline updating tools.
13977
13978 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13979 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13980 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13981 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13982 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13983 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13984
13985 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13986 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13987
13988 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13989 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13990 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13991 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13992 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13993 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13994 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13995 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13996 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13997
13998 CHANGES WITH 195:
13999
14000 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
14001 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
14002 units via --unit=/-u.
14003
14004 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
14005 right thing.
14006
14007 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
14008 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
14009 rotation.
14010
14011 * The journal will now index the available field values for
14012 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
14013 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
14014 completion of journalctl has been updated
14015 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
14016 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
14017
14018 * More service events are now written as structured messages
14019 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
14020
14021 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
14022 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
14023 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
14024 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
14025 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
14026 these settings from the command line now, especially since
14027 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
14028 completion.
14029
14030 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
14031 extract coredumps from the journal.
14032
14033 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
14034 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
14035 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
14036 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
14037 scratch their heads.
14038
14039 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
14040 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
14041
14042 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
14043 in immediate termination of systemd.
14044
14045 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
14046 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
14047
14048 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
14049 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
14050 mouse screen support has been added.
14051
14052 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
14053 Server-Sent-Events as output.
14054
14055 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
14056 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
14057 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
14058 "systemctl reload".
14059
14060 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
14061 -u" instead.
14062
14063 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
14064 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
14065 configured.
14066
14067 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
14068 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
14069
14070 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
14071 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
14072 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
14073 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
14074 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
14075 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
14076 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
14077
14078 CHANGES WITH 194:
14079
14080 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
14081 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
14082 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
14083 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
14084 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
14085 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
14086 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
14087 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
14088 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
14089 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
14090 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
14091 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
14092
14093 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
14094 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
14095 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14096
14097 CHANGES WITH 193:
14098
14099 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
14100 starting from the specified location in the journal.
14101
14102 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
14103 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
14104 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
14105
14106 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
14107 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
14108 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
14109 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
14110 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
14111 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
14112 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
14113
14114 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
14115 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
14116
14117 This will download the journal contents in a
14118 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
14119
14120 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
14121
14122 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
14123 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
14124 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
14125 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
14126 screenshot of this app in its current state:
14127
14128 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
14129
14130 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
14131 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
14132
14133 CHANGES WITH 192:
14134
14135 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
14136 too.
14137
14138 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
14139 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
14140 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
14141 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
14142 just start them.
14143
14144 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
14145 and line break accordingly.
14146
14147 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14148 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
14149
14150 CHANGES WITH 191:
14151
14152 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
14153 container environment, copying the host's timezone
14154 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
14155 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
14156 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
14157
14158 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
14159 will default to 10 if omitted.
14160
14161 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
14162 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
14163 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
14164 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
14165 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
14166
14167 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
14168 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
14169 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
14170 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
14171 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
14172 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
14173 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
14174
14175 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
14176 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
14177 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
14178 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
14179 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
14180 into two.
14181
14182 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
14183 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
14184
14185 CHANGES WITH 190:
14186
14187 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
14188 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
14189 "systemctl status".
14190
14191 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
14192 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
14193 system to another place in the same file system could not be
14194 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
14195 field.)
14196
14197 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
14198 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
14199 default.
14200
14201 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
14202 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
14203 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
14204 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
14205 in a container.
14206
14207 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
14208 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
14209 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
14210 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
14211 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
14212 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
14213
14214 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
14215 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
14216 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
14217 no-op.
14218
14219 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
14220 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
14221 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
14222 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
14223 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
14224
14225 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
14226 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
14227
14228 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
14229 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
14230 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
14231 command.
14232
14233 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
14234 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
14235 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
14236
14237 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
14238
14239 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
14240 multiple files at once.
14241
14242 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
14243 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
14244 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
14245 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
14246 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
14247 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
14248 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
14249
14250 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
14251 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
14252 now support specifiers as well.
14253
14254 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
14255 dir: %_presetdir.
14256
14257 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
14258 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
14259
14260 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
14261 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
14262 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
14263 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
14264 anymore.
14265
14266 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
14267 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
14268 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
14269 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
14270
14271 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
14272 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
14273 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
14274
14275 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
14276 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
14277 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
14278 sockets.
14279
14280 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
14281 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
14282 is changed.
14283
14284 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
14285 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
14286 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
14287 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
14288 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
14289 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
14290 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
14291
14292 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
14293
14294 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
14295 the unit file label and client process label into account.
14296
14297 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
14298 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
14299
14300 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
14301 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
14302 (%b).
14303
14304 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
14305 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
14306 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14307 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14308 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
14309 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14310 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14311
14312 CHANGES WITH 189:
14313
14314 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
14315 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
14316
14317 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
14318 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
14319 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
14320 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
14321 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
14322 syslog daemons again.
14323
14324 * The libudev API gained the new
14325 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
14326
14327 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
14328 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
14329 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
14330 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
14331
14332 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
14333 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
14334 container.
14335
14336 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
14337 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
14338 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
14339 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
14340 this explaining it in more detail.
14341
14342 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
14343 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
14344 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
14345 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
14346
14347 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
14348 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
14349 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
14350 journal files.
14351
14352 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
14353 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
14354 as container init process a lot more fun.
14355
14356 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
14357 entries.
14358
14359 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
14360 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
14361 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
14362 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
14363 different sets of services.
14364
14365 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
14366 failure state.
14367
14368 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
14369 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
14370 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14371
14372 CHANGES WITH 188:
14373
14374 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
14375 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
14376 tree a lot more organized.
14377
14378 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
14379 may be used to group services in a natural way.
14380
14381 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
14382 services.
14383
14384 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
14385 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
14386 filtering by log level now.
14387
14388 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
14389 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
14390 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
14391
14392 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
14393 command lines involving service unit names.
14394
14395 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
14396 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
14397
14398 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
14399 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
14400 and encodes structured information about the error number.
14401
14402 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
14403 option.
14404
14405 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
14406 a shutdown is cancelled.
14407
14408 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
14409 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
14410 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
14411 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
14412 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
14413
14414 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
14415 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
14416 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
14417 for display managers instead.
14418
14419 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
14420 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
14421 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
14422 protection, and suchlike.
14423
14424 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
14425 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
14426 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
14427 the service.
14428
14429 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
14430 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
14431 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
14432 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
14433 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
14434 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14435
14436 CHANGES WITH 187:
14437
14438 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
14439 pages.
14440
14441 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
14442 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
14443 data loss.
14444
14445 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
14446 option.
14447
14448 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
14449
14450 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
14451 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
14452
14453 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
14454 specific directory.
14455
14456 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
14457 messages of two different boots.
14458
14459 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
14460 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
14461 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
14462
14463 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
14464 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
14465 disjunctions.
14466
14467 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
14468 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
14469 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
14470
14471 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
14472 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
14473 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
14474
14475 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
14476 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
14477 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
14478 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
14479 speed things up a bit.
14480
14481 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
14482 header data of journal files.
14483
14484 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
14485 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
14486 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
14487
14488 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
14489 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
14490 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
14491 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
14492
14493 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14494
14495 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
14496 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
14497 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14498 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14499
14500 CHANGES WITH 186:
14501
14502 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
14503 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
14504 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
14505 prefixed with rd.
14506
14507 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
14508 automatically generated at boot. Use:
14509
14510 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
14511
14512 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
14513
14514 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
14515
14516 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
14517 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
14518 as well.
14519
14520 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
14521 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
14522 in all appropriate directories automatically.
14523
14524 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
14525 does the right thing. Example:
14526
14527 udevadm info /dev/sda
14528 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
14529
14530 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
14531 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
14532 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
14533 running.
14534
14535 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
14536 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
14537
14538 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
14539 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
14540
14541 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
14542 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
14543 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
14544 files.
14545
14546 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
14547 be stopped that is not loaded.
14548
14549 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
14550
14551 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
14552
14553 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
14554 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
14555 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
14556 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
14557
14558 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
14559 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
14560 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
14561 completed initialization.
14562
14563 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
14564
14565 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
14566 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
14567 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
14568 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
14569 distributions.
14570
14571 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
14572 always valid when services log to the journal via
14573 STDOUT/STDERR.
14574
14575 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
14576 command line options we understand.
14577
14578 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
14579 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
14580
14581 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
14582 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
14583
14584 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
14585 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
14586 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
14587 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
14588
14589 systemctl status /home
14590 systemctl status /dev/sda
14591
14592 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
14593 system.conf parsing.
14594
14595 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
14596 Manager object.
14597
14598 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
14599
14600 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
14601
14602 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
14603 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
14604 complete.
14605
14606 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
14607 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
14608 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
14609 systemd-fsck@.service.
14610
14611 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
14612 Manager object.
14613
14614 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
14615 work sensibly.
14616
14617 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
14618 we actually understand.
14619
14620 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
14621 additional capabilities to the container.
14622
14623 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
14624 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
14625 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
14626
14627 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
14628 the current boot only.
14629
14630 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
14631 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
14632
14633 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
14634 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
14635 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
14636 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
14637 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
14638
14639 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14640
14641 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
14642 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14643 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
14644 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
14645
14646 CHANGES WITH 185:
14647
14648 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
14649 available.
14650
14651 * Several new man pages have been added.
14652
14653 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
14654 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
14655 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
14656 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
14657
14658 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
14659 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
14660
14661 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
14662 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
14663 Matthias Clasen
14664
14665 CHANGES WITH 184:
14666
14667 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
14668 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
14669
14670 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
14671 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
14672 daemon.
14673
14674 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
14675 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
14676
14677 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
14678 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
14679 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
14680 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
14681
14682 CHANGES WITH 183:
14683
14684 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
14685 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
14686 and systemd's most recent version number.
14687
14688 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
14689 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
14690 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
14691 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
14692 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
14693 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
14694
14695 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
14696 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
14697 subsystems.
14698
14699 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
14700 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
14701 used to subscribe to events.
14702
14703 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
14704 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
14705 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
14706 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
14707 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
14708 forked by udev rules.
14709
14710 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
14711 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
14712 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
14713 it.
14714
14715 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
14716 udev_monitor_from_socket()
14717 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
14718 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
14719 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
14720
14721 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
14722 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
14723
14724 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
14725 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
14726 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
14727 the files to the new names on upgrade.
14728
14729 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
14730 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
14731 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
14732 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
14733 to be used as drop-in files.
14734
14735 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
14736 particular suspending and hibernating.
14737
14738 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
14739 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
14740 about this in more detail.
14741
14742 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
14743 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
14744 places). Distributions which have not converted these
14745 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
14746 from git history and add them downstream.
14747
14748 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
14749 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
14750 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
14751 units.
14752
14753 * All smaller setup units (such as
14754 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
14755 are run in a container and are skipped when
14756 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
14757 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
14758
14759 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
14760 integrated, for details see:
14761 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
14762
14763 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
14764 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
14765 messages.
14766
14767 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
14768 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
14769 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
14770 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
14771 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
14772
14773 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
14774 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
14775 for all units started by PID 1.
14776
14777 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
14778 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
14779 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
14780
14781 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
14782 of PID 1 anymore.
14783
14784 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
14785 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
14786 have not been read by systemd yet.
14787
14788 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
14789 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
14790 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
14791 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14792 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14793 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14794
14795 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14796 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14797
14798 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14799
14800 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14801 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14802 so sexy.
14803
14804 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14805 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14806 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14807 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14808 patterns.
14809
14810 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14811 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14812 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14813 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14814
14815 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14816 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14817
14818 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14819 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14820 in systemd now.
14821
14822 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14823 ID on the command line.
14824
14825 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14826 for an init system.
14827
14828 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14829 vt100.
14830
14831 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14832
14833 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14834 components now have directories of their own.
14835
14836 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14837
14838 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14839 container in other hierarchies.
14840
14841 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14842 system.conf.
14843
14844 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14845
14846 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14847 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14848
14849 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14850 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14851
14852 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14853 locally generated journal files.
14854
14855 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14856
14857 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14858
14859 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14860 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14861 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14862 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14863 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14864 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14865 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14866 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14867 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14868 Gundersen
14869
14870 CHANGES WITH 44:
14871
14872 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14873
14874 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14875 KVM or container configured UUID.
14876
14877 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14878
14879 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14880
14881 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14882 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14883
14884 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14885
14886 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14887 folks
14888
14889 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14890 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14891 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14892
14893 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14894 configuration
14895
14896 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14897 free fashion
14898
14899 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14900 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14901 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14902 automatically generated data.
14903
14904 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14905 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14906 however.
14907
14908 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14909 tarball.
14910
14911 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14912 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14913 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14914 Reding
14915
14916 CHANGES WITH 43:
14917
14918 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14919
14920 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14921
14922 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14923
14924 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14925 normal user logins.
14926
14927 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14928 Biebl
14929
14930 CHANGES WITH 42:
14931
14932 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14933
14934 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14935 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14936 xsltproc.
14937
14938 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14939 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14940 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14941
14942 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14943 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14944 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14945
14946 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14947
14948 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14949 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14950 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14951
14952 CHANGES WITH 41:
14953
14954 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14955 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14956 package update.
14957
14958 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14959 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14960 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14961
14962 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14963 complete.
14964
14965 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14966 understood to set system wide environment variables
14967 dynamically at boot.
14968
14969 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14970
14971 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14972 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14973 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14974 files.
14975
14976 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14977 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14978 William Douglas
14979
14980 CHANGES WITH 40:
14981
14982 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14983
14984 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14985 "Result" D-Bus property.
14986
14987 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14988 the next few releases.)
14989
14990 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14991 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14992 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14993 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14994
14995 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14996 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14997 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14998
14999 CHANGES WITH 39:
15000
15001 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15002 bugfixes.
15003
15004 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
15005 resource usage.
15006
15007 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
15008 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
15009 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
15010 journals by the respective users.
15011
15012 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
15013 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
15014 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
15015
15016 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
15017 client for all entries.
15018
15019 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
15020
15021 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
15022 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
15023
15024 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
15025 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
15026 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
15027 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
15028
15029 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
15030 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
15031 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
15032
15033 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
15034 journal along with meta data.
15035
15036 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
15037 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
15038 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
15039
15040 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
15041 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
15042 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
15043
15044 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
15045
15046 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
15047 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
15048 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
15049 or fsck.
15050
15051 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
15052 requested with new -k switch.
15053
15054 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15055 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
15056
15057 CHANGES WITH 38:
15058
15059 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15060 bugfixes.
15061
15062 * The git repository moved to:
15063 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
15064 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
15065
15066 * First release with the journal
15067 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
15068
15069 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
15070 systemd-stdout-bridge.
15071
15072 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
15073
15074 * Many systemadm clean-ups
15075
15076 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
15077 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
15078 remote mounts.
15079
15080 * Added Mageia support
15081
15082 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
15083
15084 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
15085 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
15086 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
15087 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
15088 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
15089
15090 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
15091 of existing distributions.
15092
15093 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
15094 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
15095
15096 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
15097 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
15098 boot.
15099
15100 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
15101
15102 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
15103 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
15104 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
15105 among other things.
15106
15107 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
15108 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
15109
15110 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
15111
15112 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
15113 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
15114 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
15115
15116 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
15117 restored.
15118
15119 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
15120 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
15121 kmod
15122
15123 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
15124 of /usr/local by default.
15125
15126 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
15127 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
15128 in:
15129 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
15130
15131 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
15132 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
15133 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
15134 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
15135 supported anyway, and bad style).
15136
15137 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
15138 reloading of units together.
15139
15140 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
15141 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
15142 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15143 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
15144 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek